1 //===--- SemaExprCXX.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions --------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 ///
10 /// \file
11 /// \brief Implements semantic analysis for C++ expressions.
12 ///
13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14 
15 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
16 #include "TreeTransform.h"
17 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
27 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
29 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
30 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
31 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
32 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
33 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
34 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/SemaLambda.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h"
38 #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
39 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
40 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
41 using namespace clang;
42 using namespace sema;
43 
44 /// \brief Handle the result of the special case name lookup for inheriting
45 /// constructor declarations. 'NS::X::X' and 'NS::X<...>::X' are treated as
46 /// constructor names in member using declarations, even if 'X' is not the
47 /// name of the corresponding type.
48 ParsedType Sema::getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
49                                               SourceLocation NameLoc,
50                                               IdentifierInfo &Name) {
51   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
52 
53   // Convert the nested-name-specifier into a type.
54   QualType Type;
55   switch (NNS->getKind()) {
56   case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
57   case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
58     Type = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0);
59     break;
60 
61   case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
62     // Strip off the last layer of the nested-name-specifier and build a
63     // typename type for it.
64     assert(NNS->getAsIdentifier() == &Name && "not a constructor name");
65     Type = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS->getPrefix(),
66                                         NNS->getAsIdentifier());
67     break;
68 
69   case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
70   case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
71   case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
72   case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
73     llvm_unreachable("Nested name specifier is not a type for inheriting ctor");
74   }
75 
76   // This reference to the type is located entirely at the location of the
77   // final identifier in the qualified-id.
78   return CreateParsedType(Type,
79                           Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Type, NameLoc));
80 }
81 
82 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
83                                    IdentifierInfo &II,
84                                    SourceLocation NameLoc,
85                                    Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
86                                    ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
87                                    bool EnteringContext) {
88   // Determine where to perform name lookup.
89 
90   // FIXME: This area of the standard is very messy, and the current
91   // wording is rather unclear about which scopes we search for the
92   // destructor name; see core issues 399 and 555. Issue 399 in
93   // particular shows where the current description of destructor name
94   // lookup is completely out of line with existing practice, e.g.,
95   // this appears to be ill-formed:
96   //
97   //   namespace N {
98   //     template <typename T> struct S {
99   //       ~S();
100   //     };
101   //   }
102   //
103   //   void f(N::S<int>* s) {
104   //     s->N::S<int>::~S();
105   //   }
106   //
107   // See also PR6358 and PR6359.
108   // For this reason, we're currently only doing the C++03 version of this
109   // code; the C++0x version has to wait until we get a proper spec.
110   QualType SearchType;
111   DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
112   bool isDependent = false;
113   bool LookInScope = false;
114 
115   if (SS.isInvalid())
116     return nullptr;
117 
118   // If we have an object type, it's because we are in a
119   // pseudo-destructor-expression or a member access expression, and
120   // we know what type we're looking for.
121   if (ObjectTypePtr)
122     SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectTypePtr);
123 
124   if (SS.isSet()) {
125     NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
126 
127     bool AlreadySearched = false;
128     bool LookAtPrefix = true;
129     // C++11 [basic.lookup.qual]p6:
130     //   If a pseudo-destructor-name (5.2.4) contains a nested-name-specifier,
131     //   the type-names are looked up as types in the scope designated by the
132     //   nested-name-specifier. Similarly, in a qualified-id of the form:
133     //
134     //     nested-name-specifier[opt] class-name :: ~ class-name
135     //
136     //   the second class-name is looked up in the same scope as the first.
137     //
138     // Here, we determine whether the code below is permitted to look at the
139     // prefix of the nested-name-specifier.
140     DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext);
141     if (DC && DC->isFileContext()) {
142       AlreadySearched = true;
143       LookupCtx = DC;
144       isDependent = false;
145     } else if (DC && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
146       LookAtPrefix = false;
147       LookInScope = true;
148     }
149 
150     // The second case from the C++03 rules quoted further above.
151     NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = nullptr;
152     if (AlreadySearched) {
153       // Nothing left to do.
154     } else if (LookAtPrefix && (Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())) {
155       CXXScopeSpec PrefixSS;
156       PrefixSS.Adopt(NestedNameSpecifierLoc(Prefix, SS.location_data()));
157       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(PrefixSS, EnteringContext);
158       isDependent = isDependentScopeSpecifier(PrefixSS);
159     } else if (ObjectTypePtr) {
160       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType);
161       isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType();
162     } else {
163       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext);
164       isDependent = LookupCtx && LookupCtx->isDependentContext();
165     }
166   } else if (ObjectTypePtr) {
167     // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
168     //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
169     //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T
170     //   of the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is
171     //   also looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the
172     //   lookups shall find a name that refers to (possibly
173     //   cv-qualified) T.
174     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType);
175     isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType();
176     assert((isDependent || !SearchType->isIncompleteType()) &&
177            "Caller should have completed object type");
178 
179     LookInScope = true;
180   } else {
181     // Perform lookup into the current scope (only).
182     LookInScope = true;
183   }
184 
185   TypeDecl *NonMatchingTypeDecl = nullptr;
186   LookupResult Found(*this, &II, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
187   for (unsigned Step = 0; Step != 2; ++Step) {
188     // Look for the name first in the computed lookup context (if we
189     // have one) and, if that fails to find a match, in the scope (if
190     // we're allowed to look there).
191     Found.clear();
192     if (Step == 0 && LookupCtx)
193       LookupQualifiedName(Found, LookupCtx);
194     else if (Step == 1 && LookInScope && S)
195       LookupName(Found, S);
196     else
197       continue;
198 
199     // FIXME: Should we be suppressing ambiguities here?
200     if (Found.isAmbiguous())
201       return nullptr;
202 
203     if (TypeDecl *Type = Found.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) {
204       QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
205       MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false);
206 
207       if (SearchType.isNull() || SearchType->isDependentType() ||
208           Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SearchType)) {
209         // We found our type!
210 
211         return CreateParsedType(T,
212                                 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, NameLoc));
213       }
214 
215       if (!SearchType.isNull())
216         NonMatchingTypeDecl = Type;
217     }
218 
219     // If the name that we found is a class template name, and it is
220     // the same name as the template name in the last part of the
221     // nested-name-specifier (if present) or the object type, then
222     // this is the destructor for that class.
223     // FIXME: This is a workaround until we get real drafting for core
224     // issue 399, for which there isn't even an obvious direction.
225     if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Found.getAsSingle<ClassTemplateDecl>()) {
226       QualType MemberOfType;
227       if (SS.isSet()) {
228         if (DeclContext *Ctx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext)) {
229           // Figure out the type of the context, if it has one.
230           if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
231             MemberOfType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
232         }
233       }
234       if (MemberOfType.isNull())
235         MemberOfType = SearchType;
236 
237       if (MemberOfType.isNull())
238         continue;
239 
240       // We're referring into a class template specialization. If the
241       // class template we found is the same as the template being
242       // specialized, we found what we are looking for.
243       if (const RecordType *Record = MemberOfType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
244         if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
245               = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record->getDecl())) {
246           if (Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getCanonicalDecl() ==
247                 Template->getCanonicalDecl())
248             return CreateParsedType(
249                 MemberOfType,
250                 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc));
251         }
252 
253         continue;
254       }
255 
256       // We're referring to an unresolved class template
257       // specialization. Determine whether we class template we found
258       // is the same as the template being specialized or, if we don't
259       // know which template is being specialized, that it at least
260       // has the same name.
261       if (const TemplateSpecializationType *SpecType
262             = MemberOfType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
263         TemplateName SpecName = SpecType->getTemplateName();
264 
265         // The class template we found is the same template being
266         // specialized.
267         if (TemplateDecl *SpecTemplate = SpecName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
268           if (SpecTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() == Template->getCanonicalDecl())
269             return CreateParsedType(
270                 MemberOfType,
271                 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc));
272 
273           continue;
274         }
275 
276         // The class template we found has the same name as the
277         // (dependent) template name being specialized.
278         if (DependentTemplateName *DepTemplate
279                                     = SpecName.getAsDependentTemplateName()) {
280           if (DepTemplate->isIdentifier() &&
281               DepTemplate->getIdentifier() == Template->getIdentifier())
282             return CreateParsedType(
283                 MemberOfType,
284                 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc));
285 
286           continue;
287         }
288       }
289     }
290   }
291 
292   if (isDependent) {
293     // We didn't find our type, but that's okay: it's dependent
294     // anyway.
295 
296     // FIXME: What if we have no nested-name-specifier?
297     QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(),
298                                    SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
299                                    II, NameLoc);
300     return ParsedType::make(T);
301   }
302 
303   if (NonMatchingTypeDecl) {
304     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(NonMatchingTypeDecl);
305     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch)
306       << T << SearchType;
307     Diag(NonMatchingTypeDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_destructor_type_here)
308       << T;
309   } else if (ObjectTypePtr)
310     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ident_in_dtor_not_a_type)
311       << &II;
312   else {
313     SemaDiagnosticBuilder DtorDiag = Diag(NameLoc,
314                                           diag::err_destructor_class_name);
315     if (S) {
316       const DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
317       if (const CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
318         DtorDiag << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc),
319                                                  Class->getNameAsString());
320     }
321   }
322 
323   return nullptr;
324 }
325 
326 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType) {
327     if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || !ObjectType)
328       return nullptr;
329     assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype
330            && "only get destructor types from declspecs");
331     QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
332     QualType SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectType);
333     if (SearchType->isDependentType() || Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SearchType, T)) {
334       return ParsedType::make(T);
335     }
336 
337     Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch)
338       << T << SearchType;
339     return nullptr;
340 }
341 
342 bool Sema::checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
343                                   const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
344   assert(Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId);
345 
346   if (!SS.isValid())
347     return false;
348 
349   switch (SS.getScopeRep()->getKind()) {
350   case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
351   case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
352   case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
353     // Per C++11 [over.literal]p2, literal operators can only be declared at
354     // namespace scope. Therefore, this unqualified-id cannot name anything.
355     // Reject it early, because we have no AST representation for this in the
356     // case where the scope is dependent.
357     Diag(Name.getLocStart(), diag::err_literal_operator_id_outside_namespace)
358       << SS.getScopeRep();
359     return true;
360 
361   case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
362   case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
363   case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
364   case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
365     return false;
366   }
367 
368   llvm_unreachable("unknown nested name specifier kind");
369 }
370 
371 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with a type operand.
372 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
373                                 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
374                                 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
375                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
376   // C++ [expr.typeid]p4:
377   //   The top-level cv-qualifiers of the lvalue expression or the type-id
378   //   that is the operand of typeid are always ignored.
379   //   If the type of the type-id is a class type or a reference to a class
380   //   type, the class shall be completely-defined.
381   Qualifiers Quals;
382   QualType T
383     = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(Operand->getType().getNonReferenceType(),
384                                       Quals);
385   if (T->getAs<RecordType>() &&
386       RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid))
387     return ExprError();
388 
389   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType())
390     return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid) << T);
391 
392   return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand,
393                                      SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
394 }
395 
396 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with an expression operand.
397 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
398                                 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
399                                 Expr *E,
400                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
401   bool WasEvaluated = false;
402   if (E && !E->isTypeDependent()) {
403     if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
404       ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
405       if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
406       E = result.get();
407     }
408 
409     QualType T = E->getType();
410     if (const RecordType *RecordT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
411       CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordT->getDecl());
412       // C++ [expr.typeid]p3:
413       //   [...] If the type of the expression is a class type, the class
414       //   shall be completely-defined.
415       if (RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid))
416         return ExprError();
417 
418       // C++ [expr.typeid]p3:
419       //   When typeid is applied to an expression other than an glvalue of a
420       //   polymorphic class type [...] [the] expression is an unevaluated
421       //   operand. [...]
422       if (RecordD->isPolymorphic() && E->isGLValue()) {
423         // The subexpression is potentially evaluated; switch the context
424         // and recheck the subexpression.
425         ExprResult Result = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E);
426         if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
427         E = Result.get();
428 
429         // We require a vtable to query the type at run time.
430         MarkVTableUsed(TypeidLoc, RecordD);
431         WasEvaluated = true;
432       }
433     }
434 
435     // C++ [expr.typeid]p4:
436     //   [...] If the type of the type-id is a reference to a possibly
437     //   cv-qualified type, the result of the typeid expression refers to a
438     //   std::type_info object representing the cv-unqualified referenced
439     //   type.
440     Qualifiers Quals;
441     QualType UnqualT = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T, Quals);
442     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, UnqualT)) {
443       T = UnqualT;
444       E = ImpCastExprToType(E, UnqualT, CK_NoOp, E->getValueKind()).get();
445     }
446   }
447 
448   if (E->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
449     return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid)
450                      << E->getType());
451   else if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
452            E->HasSideEffects(Context, WasEvaluated)) {
453     // The expression operand for typeid is in an unevaluated expression
454     // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences.
455     Diag(E->getExprLoc(), WasEvaluated
456                               ? diag::warn_side_effects_typeid
457                               : diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context);
458   }
459 
460   return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E,
461                                      SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
462 }
463 
464 /// ActOnCXXTypeidOfType - Parse typeid( type-id ) or typeid (expression);
465 ExprResult
466 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
467                      bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
468   // Find the std::type_info type.
469   if (!getStdNamespace())
470     return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid));
471 
472   if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) {
473     IdentifierInfo *TypeInfoII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("type_info");
474     LookupResult R(*this, TypeInfoII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
475     LookupQualifiedName(R, getStdNamespace());
476     CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
477     // Microsoft's typeinfo doesn't have type_info in std but in the global
478     // namespace if _HAS_EXCEPTIONS is defined to 0. See PR13153.
479     if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl && LangOpts.MSVCCompat) {
480       LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
481       CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
482     }
483     if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl)
484       return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid));
485   }
486 
487   if (!getLangOpts().RTTI) {
488     return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_no_typeid_with_fno_rtti));
489   }
490 
491   QualType TypeInfoType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CXXTypeInfoDecl);
492 
493   if (isType) {
494     // The operand is a type; handle it as such.
495     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr;
496     QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr),
497                                    &TInfo);
498     if (T.isNull())
499       return ExprError();
500 
501     if (!TInfo)
502       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc);
503 
504     return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc);
505   }
506 
507   // The operand is an expression.
508   return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc);
509 }
510 
511 /// Grabs __declspec(uuid()) off a type, or returns 0 if we cannot resolve to
512 /// a single GUID.
513 static void
514 getUuidAttrOfType(Sema &SemaRef, QualType QT,
515                   llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> &UuidAttrs) {
516   // Optionally remove one level of pointer, reference or array indirection.
517   const Type *Ty = QT.getTypePtr();
518   if (QT->isPointerType() || QT->isReferenceType())
519     Ty = QT->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
520   else if (QT->isArrayType())
521     Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
522 
523   const auto *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
524   if (!RD)
525     return;
526 
527   if (const auto *Uuid = RD->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UuidAttr>()) {
528     UuidAttrs.insert(Uuid);
529     return;
530   }
531 
532   // __uuidof can grab UUIDs from template arguments.
533   if (const auto *CTSD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) {
534     const TemplateArgumentList &TAL = CTSD->getTemplateArgs();
535     for (const TemplateArgument &TA : TAL.asArray()) {
536       const UuidAttr *UuidForTA = nullptr;
537       if (TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type)
538         getUuidAttrOfType(SemaRef, TA.getAsType(), UuidAttrs);
539       else if (TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration)
540         getUuidAttrOfType(SemaRef, TA.getAsDecl()->getType(), UuidAttrs);
541 
542       if (UuidForTA)
543         UuidAttrs.insert(UuidForTA);
544     }
545   }
546 }
547 
548 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with a type operand.
549 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
550                                 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
551                                 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
552                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
553   StringRef UuidStr;
554   if (!Operand->getType()->isDependentType()) {
555     llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> UuidAttrs;
556     getUuidAttrOfType(*this, Operand->getType(), UuidAttrs);
557     if (UuidAttrs.empty())
558       return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid));
559     if (UuidAttrs.size() > 1)
560       return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids));
561     UuidStr = UuidAttrs.back()->getGuid();
562   }
563 
564   return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand, UuidStr,
565                                      SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
566 }
567 
568 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with an expression operand.
569 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
570                                 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
571                                 Expr *E,
572                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
573   StringRef UuidStr;
574   if (!E->getType()->isDependentType()) {
575     if (E->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
576       UuidStr = "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000";
577     } else {
578       llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> UuidAttrs;
579       getUuidAttrOfType(*this, E->getType(), UuidAttrs);
580       if (UuidAttrs.empty())
581         return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid));
582       if (UuidAttrs.size() > 1)
583         return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids));
584       UuidStr = UuidAttrs.back()->getGuid();
585     }
586   }
587 
588   return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E, UuidStr,
589                                      SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
590 }
591 
592 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( type-id ) or __uuidof (expression);
593 ExprResult
594 Sema::ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
595                      bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
596   // If MSVCGuidDecl has not been cached, do the lookup.
597   if (!MSVCGuidDecl) {
598     IdentifierInfo *GuidII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("_GUID");
599     LookupResult R(*this, GuidII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
600     LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
601     MSVCGuidDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
602     if (!MSVCGuidDecl)
603       return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_ms_uuidof));
604   }
605 
606   QualType GuidType = Context.getTypeDeclType(MSVCGuidDecl);
607 
608   if (isType) {
609     // The operand is a type; handle it as such.
610     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr;
611     QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr),
612                                    &TInfo);
613     if (T.isNull())
614       return ExprError();
615 
616     if (!TInfo)
617       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc);
618 
619     return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc);
620   }
621 
622   // The operand is an expression.
623   return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc);
624 }
625 
626 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
627 ExprResult
628 Sema::ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) {
629   assert((Kind == tok::kw_true || Kind == tok::kw_false) &&
630          "Unknown C++ Boolean value!");
631   return new (Context)
632       CXXBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw_true, Context.BoolTy, OpLoc);
633 }
634 
635 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
636 ExprResult
637 Sema::ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc) {
638   return new (Context) CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(Context.NullPtrTy, Loc);
639 }
640 
641 /// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions.
642 ExprResult
643 Sema::ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex) {
644   bool IsThrownVarInScope = false;
645   if (Ex) {
646     // C++0x [class.copymove]p31:
647     //   When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the
648     //   copy/move construction of a class object [...]
649     //
650     //     - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a
651     //       non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or catch-
652     //       clause parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the
653     //       innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move
654     //       operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be
655     //       omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the
656     //       exception object
657     if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Ex->IgnoreParens()))
658       if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) {
659         if (Var->hasLocalStorage() && !Var->getType().isVolatileQualified()) {
660           for( ; S; S = S->getParent()) {
661             if (S->isDeclScope(Var)) {
662               IsThrownVarInScope = true;
663               break;
664             }
665 
666             if (S->getFlags() &
667                 (Scope::FnScope | Scope::ClassScope | Scope::BlockScope |
668                  Scope::FunctionPrototypeScope | Scope::ObjCMethodScope |
669                  Scope::TryScope))
670               break;
671           }
672         }
673       }
674   }
675 
676   return BuildCXXThrow(OpLoc, Ex, IsThrownVarInScope);
677 }
678 
679 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
680                                bool IsThrownVarInScope) {
681   // Don't report an error if 'throw' is used in system headers.
682   if (!getLangOpts().CXXExceptions &&
683       !getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OpLoc))
684     Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_exceptions_disabled) << "throw";
685 
686   if (getCurScope() && getCurScope()->isOpenMPSimdDirectiveScope())
687     Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_omp_simd_region_cannot_use_stmt) << "throw";
688 
689   if (Ex && !Ex->isTypeDependent()) {
690     QualType ExceptionObjectTy = Context.getExceptionObjectType(Ex->getType());
691     if (CheckCXXThrowOperand(OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, Ex))
692       return ExprError();
693 
694     // Initialize the exception result.  This implicitly weeds out
695     // abstract types or types with inaccessible copy constructors.
696 
697     // C++0x [class.copymove]p31:
698     //   When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the
699     //   copy/move construction of a class object [...]
700     //
701     //     - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a
702     //       non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or
703     //       catch-clause
704     //       parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the
705     //       innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move
706     //       operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be
707     //       omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the
708     //       exception object
709     const VarDecl *NRVOVariable = nullptr;
710     if (IsThrownVarInScope)
711       NRVOVariable = getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType(), Ex, false);
712 
713     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeException(
714         OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy,
715         /*NRVO=*/NRVOVariable != nullptr);
716     ExprResult Res = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
717         Entity, NRVOVariable, QualType(), Ex, IsThrownVarInScope);
718     if (Res.isInvalid())
719       return ExprError();
720     Ex = Res.get();
721   }
722 
723   return new (Context)
724       CXXThrowExpr(Ex, Context.VoidTy, OpLoc, IsThrownVarInScope);
725 }
726 
727 static void
728 collectPublicBases(CXXRecordDecl *RD,
729                    llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> &SubobjectsSeen,
730                    llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &VBases,
731                    llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> &PublicSubobjectsSeen,
732                    bool ParentIsPublic) {
733   for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : RD->bases()) {
734     CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = BS.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
735     bool NewSubobject;
736     // Virtual bases constitute the same subobject.  Non-virtual bases are
737     // always distinct subobjects.
738     if (BS.isVirtual())
739       NewSubobject = VBases.insert(BaseDecl).second;
740     else
741       NewSubobject = true;
742 
743     if (NewSubobject)
744       ++SubobjectsSeen[BaseDecl];
745 
746     // Only add subobjects which have public access throughout the entire chain.
747     bool PublicPath = ParentIsPublic && BS.getAccessSpecifier() == AS_public;
748     if (PublicPath)
749       PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(BaseDecl);
750 
751     // Recurse on to each base subobject.
752     collectPublicBases(BaseDecl, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen,
753                        PublicPath);
754   }
755 }
756 
757 static void getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects(
758     CXXRecordDecl *RD, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &Objects) {
759   llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> SubobjectsSeen;
760   llvm::SmallSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> VBases;
761   llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> PublicSubobjectsSeen;
762   SubobjectsSeen[RD] = 1;
763   PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(RD);
764   collectPublicBases(RD, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen,
765                      /*ParentIsPublic=*/true);
766 
767   for (CXXRecordDecl *PublicSubobject : PublicSubobjectsSeen) {
768     // Skip ambiguous objects.
769     if (SubobjectsSeen[PublicSubobject] > 1)
770       continue;
771 
772     Objects.push_back(PublicSubobject);
773   }
774 }
775 
776 /// CheckCXXThrowOperand - Validate the operand of a throw.
777 bool Sema::CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc,
778                                 QualType ExceptionObjectTy, Expr *E) {
779   //   If the type of the exception would be an incomplete type or a pointer
780   //   to an incomplete type other than (cv) void the program is ill-formed.
781   QualType Ty = ExceptionObjectTy;
782   bool isPointer = false;
783   if (const PointerType* Ptr = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
784     Ty = Ptr->getPointeeType();
785     isPointer = true;
786   }
787   if (!isPointer || !Ty->isVoidType()) {
788     if (RequireCompleteType(ThrowLoc, Ty,
789                             isPointer ? diag::err_throw_incomplete_ptr
790                                       : diag::err_throw_incomplete,
791                             E->getSourceRange()))
792       return true;
793 
794     if (RequireNonAbstractType(ThrowLoc, ExceptionObjectTy,
795                                diag::err_throw_abstract_type, E))
796       return true;
797   }
798 
799   // If the exception has class type, we need additional handling.
800   CXXRecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
801   if (!RD)
802     return false;
803 
804   // If we are throwing a polymorphic class type or pointer thereof,
805   // exception handling will make use of the vtable.
806   MarkVTableUsed(ThrowLoc, RD);
807 
808   // If a pointer is thrown, the referenced object will not be destroyed.
809   if (isPointer)
810     return false;
811 
812   // If the class has a destructor, we must be able to call it.
813   if (!RD->hasIrrelevantDestructor()) {
814     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD)) {
815       MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
816       CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
817                             PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_exception) << Ty);
818       if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc()))
819         return true;
820     }
821   }
822 
823   // The MSVC ABI creates a list of all types which can catch the exception
824   // object.  This list also references the appropriate copy constructor to call
825   // if the object is caught by value and has a non-trivial copy constructor.
826   if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
827     // We are only interested in the public, unambiguous bases contained within
828     // the exception object.  Bases which are ambiguous or otherwise
829     // inaccessible are not catchable types.
830     llvm::SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> UnambiguousPublicSubobjects;
831     getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects(RD, UnambiguousPublicSubobjects);
832 
833     for (CXXRecordDecl *Subobject : UnambiguousPublicSubobjects) {
834       // Attempt to lookup the copy constructor.  Various pieces of machinery
835       // will spring into action, like template instantiation, which means this
836       // cannot be a simple walk of the class's decls.  Instead, we must perform
837       // lookup and overload resolution.
838       CXXConstructorDecl *CD = LookupCopyingConstructor(Subobject, 0);
839       if (!CD)
840         continue;
841 
842       // Mark the constructor referenced as it is used by this throw expression.
843       MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), CD);
844 
845       // Skip this copy constructor if it is trivial, we don't need to record it
846       // in the catchable type data.
847       if (CD->isTrivial())
848         continue;
849 
850       // The copy constructor is non-trivial, create a mapping from this class
851       // type to this constructor.
852       // N.B.  The selection of copy constructor is not sensitive to this
853       // particular throw-site.  Lookup will be performed at the catch-site to
854       // ensure that the copy constructor is, in fact, accessible (via
855       // friendship or any other means).
856       Context.addCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(Subobject, CD);
857 
858       // We don't keep the instantiated default argument expressions around so
859       // we must rebuild them here.
860       for (unsigned I = 1, E = CD->getNumParams(); I != E; ++I) {
861         // Skip any default arguments that we've already instantiated.
862         if (Context.getDefaultArgExprForConstructor(CD, I))
863           continue;
864 
865         Expr *DefaultArg =
866             BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(ThrowLoc, CD, CD->getParamDecl(I)).get();
867         Context.addDefaultArgExprForConstructor(CD, I, DefaultArg);
868       }
869     }
870   }
871 
872   return false;
873 }
874 
875 QualType Sema::getCurrentThisType() {
876   DeclContext *DC = getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
877   QualType ThisTy = CXXThisTypeOverride;
878   if (CXXMethodDecl *method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) {
879     if (method && method->isInstance())
880       ThisTy = method->getThisType(Context);
881   }
882   if (ThisTy.isNull()) {
883     if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(CurContext) &&
884         CurContext->getParent()->getParent()->isRecord()) {
885       // This is a generic lambda call operator that is being instantiated
886       // within a default initializer - so use the enclosing class as 'this'.
887       // There is no enclosing member function to retrieve the 'this' pointer
888       // from.
889 
890       // FIXME: This looks wrong. If we're in a lambda within a lambda within a
891       // default member initializer, we need to recurse up more parents to find
892       // the right context. Looks like we should be walking up to the parent of
893       // the closure type, checking whether that is itself a lambda, and if so,
894       // recursing, until we reach a class or a function that isn't a lambda
895       // call operator. And we should accumulate the constness of *this on the
896       // way.
897 
898       QualType ClassTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(
899           cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext->getParent()->getParent()));
900       // There are no cv-qualifiers for 'this' within default initializers,
901       // per [expr.prim.general]p4.
902       ThisTy = Context.getPointerType(ClassTy);
903     }
904   }
905    // Add const for '* this' capture if not mutable.
906   if (isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext)) {
907     LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = getCurLambda();
908     assert(LSI);
909     if (LSI->isCXXThisCaptured()) {
910       auto C = LSI->getCXXThisCapture();
911       QualType BaseType = ThisTy->getPointeeType();
912       if ((C.isThisCapture() && C.isCopyCapture()) &&
913           LSI->CallOperator->isConst() && !BaseType.isConstQualified()) {
914         BaseType.addConst();
915         ThisTy = Context.getPointerType(BaseType);
916       }
917     }
918   }
919   return ThisTy;
920 }
921 
922 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S,
923                                          Decl *ContextDecl,
924                                          unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
925                                          bool Enabled)
926   : S(S), OldCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride), Enabled(false)
927 {
928   if (!Enabled || !ContextDecl)
929     return;
930 
931   CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
932   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ContextDecl))
933     Record = Template->getTemplatedDecl();
934   else
935     Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ContextDecl);
936 
937   S.CXXThisTypeOverride
938     = S.Context.getPointerType(
939         S.Context.getRecordType(Record).withCVRQualifiers(CXXThisTypeQuals));
940 
941   this->Enabled = true;
942 }
943 
944 
945 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::~CXXThisScopeRAII() {
946   if (Enabled) {
947     S.CXXThisTypeOverride = OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
948   }
949 }
950 
951 static Expr *captureThis(Sema &S, ASTContext &Context, RecordDecl *RD,
952                          QualType ThisTy, SourceLocation Loc,
953                          const bool ByCopy) {
954   QualType CaptureThisTy = ByCopy ? ThisTy->getPointeeType() : ThisTy;
955 
956   FieldDecl *Field
957        = FieldDecl::Create(Context, RD, Loc, Loc, nullptr, CaptureThisTy,
958                        Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CaptureThisTy, Loc),
959                         nullptr, false, ICIS_NoInit);
960   Field->setImplicit(true);
961   Field->setAccess(AS_private);
962   RD->addDecl(Field);
963   Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit*/true);
964   if (ByCopy) {
965     Expr *StarThis =  S.CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(Loc,
966                                       UO_Deref,
967                                       This).get();
968     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeLambdaCapture(
969       nullptr, CaptureThisTy, Loc);
970     InitializationKind InitKind = InitializationKind::CreateDirect(Loc, Loc, Loc);
971     InitializationSequence Init(S, Entity, InitKind, StarThis);
972     ExprResult ER = Init.Perform(S, Entity, InitKind, StarThis);
973     if (ER.isInvalid()) return nullptr;
974     return ER.get();
975   }
976   return This;
977 }
978 
979 bool Sema::CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, const bool Explicit,
980     bool BuildAndDiagnose, const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt,
981     const bool ByCopy) {
982   // We don't need to capture this in an unevaluated context.
983   if (isUnevaluatedContext() && !Explicit)
984     return true;
985 
986   assert((!ByCopy || Explicit) && "cannot implicitly capture *this by value");
987 
988   const unsigned MaxFunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt ?
989     *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt : FunctionScopes.size() - 1;
990 
991   // Check that we can capture the *enclosing object* (referred to by '*this')
992   // by the capturing-entity/closure (lambda/block/etc) at
993   // MaxFunctionScopesIndex-deep on the FunctionScopes stack.
994 
995   // Note: The *enclosing object* can only be captured by-value by a
996   // closure that is a lambda, using the explicit notation:
997   //    [*this] { ... }.
998   // Every other capture of the *enclosing object* results in its by-reference
999   // capture.
1000 
1001   // For a closure 'L' (at MaxFunctionScopesIndex in the FunctionScopes
1002   // stack), we can capture the *enclosing object* only if:
1003   // - 'L' has an explicit byref or byval capture of the *enclosing object*
1004   // -  or, 'L' has an implicit capture.
1005   // AND
1006   //   -- there is no enclosing closure
1007   //   -- or, there is some enclosing closure 'E' that has already captured the
1008   //      *enclosing object*, and every intervening closure (if any) between 'E'
1009   //      and 'L' can implicitly capture the *enclosing object*.
1010   //   -- or, every enclosing closure can implicitly capture the
1011   //      *enclosing object*
1012 
1013 
1014   unsigned NumCapturingClosures = 0;
1015   for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; idx != 0; idx--) {
1016     if (CapturingScopeInfo *CSI =
1017             dyn_cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) {
1018       if (CSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex != 0) {
1019         // 'this' is already being captured; there isn't anything more to do.
1020         break;
1021       }
1022       LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI);
1023       if (LSI && isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(LSI->CallOperator)) {
1024         // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out.
1025         if (BuildAndDiagnose)
1026           Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture)
1027               << (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex);
1028         return true;
1029       }
1030       if (CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref ||
1031           CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval ||
1032           CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_Block ||
1033           CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_CapturedRegion ||
1034           (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex)) {
1035         // Regarding (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex): only the first
1036         // iteration through can be an explicit capture, all enclosing closures,
1037         // if any, must perform implicit captures.
1038 
1039         // This closure can capture 'this'; continue looking upwards.
1040         NumCapturingClosures++;
1041         continue;
1042       }
1043       // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out.
1044       if (BuildAndDiagnose)
1045         Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture)
1046             << (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex);
1047       return true;
1048     }
1049     break;
1050   }
1051   if (!BuildAndDiagnose) return false;
1052 
1053   // If we got here, then the closure at MaxFunctionScopesIndex on the
1054   // FunctionScopes stack, can capture the *enclosing object*, so capture it
1055   // (including implicit by-reference captures in any enclosing closures).
1056 
1057   // In the loop below, respect the ByCopy flag only for the closure requesting
1058   // the capture (i.e. first iteration through the loop below).  Ignore it for
1059   // all enclosing closure's upto NumCapturingClosures (since they must be
1060   // implicitly capturing the *enclosing  object* by reference (see loop
1061   // above)).
1062   assert((!ByCopy ||
1063           dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[MaxFunctionScopesIndex])) &&
1064          "Only a lambda can capture the enclosing object (referred to by "
1065          "*this) by copy");
1066   // FIXME: We need to delay this marking in PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated
1067   // contexts.
1068 
1069   for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; NumCapturingClosures;
1070       --idx, --NumCapturingClosures) {
1071     CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]);
1072     Expr *ThisExpr = nullptr;
1073     QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType();
1074     if (LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)) {
1075       // For lambda expressions, build a field and an initializing expression,
1076       // and capture the *enclosing object* by copy only if this is the first
1077       // iteration.
1078       ThisExpr = captureThis(*this, Context, LSI->Lambda, ThisTy, Loc,
1079                              ByCopy && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex);
1080 
1081     } else if (CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI
1082         = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]))
1083       ThisExpr =
1084           captureThis(*this, Context, RSI->TheRecordDecl, ThisTy, Loc,
1085                       false/*ByCopy*/);
1086 
1087     bool isNested = NumCapturingClosures > 1;
1088     CSI->addThisCapture(isNested, Loc, ThisTy, ThisExpr, ByCopy);
1089   }
1090   return false;
1091 }
1092 
1093 ExprResult Sema::ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation Loc) {
1094   /// C++ 9.3.2: In the body of a non-static member function, the keyword this
1095   /// is a non-lvalue expression whose value is the address of the object for
1096   /// which the function is called.
1097 
1098   QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType();
1099   if (ThisTy.isNull()) return Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_this_use);
1100 
1101   CheckCXXThisCapture(Loc);
1102   return new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit=*/false);
1103 }
1104 
1105 bool Sema::isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType) {
1106   // If we're outside the body of a member function, then we'll have a specified
1107   // type for 'this'.
1108   if (CXXThisTypeOverride.isNull())
1109     return false;
1110 
1111   // Determine whether we're looking into a class that's currently being
1112   // defined.
1113   CXXRecordDecl *Class = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
1114   return Class && Class->isBeingDefined();
1115 }
1116 
1117 ExprResult
1118 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
1119                                 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
1120                                 MultiExprArg exprs,
1121                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
1122   if (!TypeRep)
1123     return ExprError();
1124 
1125   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
1126   QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(TypeRep, &TInfo);
1127   if (!TInfo)
1128     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Ty, SourceLocation());
1129 
1130   return BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, exprs, RParenLoc);
1131 }
1132 
1133 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
1134 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
1135 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
1136 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
1137 ExprResult
1138 Sema::BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1139                                 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
1140                                 MultiExprArg Exprs,
1141                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
1142   QualType Ty = TInfo->getType();
1143   SourceLocation TyBeginLoc = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
1144 
1145   if (Ty->isDependentType() || CallExpr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Exprs)) {
1146     return CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr::Create(Context, TInfo, LParenLoc, Exprs,
1147                                               RParenLoc);
1148   }
1149 
1150   bool ListInitialization = LParenLoc.isInvalid();
1151   assert((!ListInitialization || (Exprs.size() == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Exprs[0])))
1152          && "List initialization must have initializer list as expression.");
1153   SourceRange FullRange = SourceRange(TyBeginLoc,
1154       ListInitialization ? Exprs[0]->getSourceRange().getEnd() : RParenLoc);
1155 
1156   // C++ [expr.type.conv]p1:
1157   // If the expression list is a single expression, the type conversion
1158   // expression is equivalent (in definedness, and if defined in meaning) to the
1159   // corresponding cast expression.
1160   if (Exprs.size() == 1 && !ListInitialization) {
1161     Expr *Arg = Exprs[0];
1162     return BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, Arg, RParenLoc);
1163   }
1164 
1165   // C++14 [expr.type.conv]p2: The expression T(), where T is a
1166   //   simple-type-specifier or typename-specifier for a non-array complete
1167   //   object type or the (possibly cv-qualified) void type, creates a prvalue
1168   //   of the specified type, whose value is that produced by value-initializing
1169   //   an object of type T.
1170   QualType ElemTy = Ty;
1171   if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
1172     if (!ListInitialization)
1173       return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc,
1174                             diag::err_value_init_for_array_type) << FullRange);
1175     ElemTy = Context.getBaseElementType(Ty);
1176   }
1177 
1178   if (!ListInitialization && Ty->isFunctionType())
1179     return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, diag::err_value_init_for_function_type)
1180                      << FullRange);
1181 
1182   if (!Ty->isVoidType() &&
1183       RequireCompleteType(TyBeginLoc, ElemTy,
1184                           diag::err_invalid_incomplete_type_use, FullRange))
1185     return ExprError();
1186 
1187   if (RequireNonAbstractType(TyBeginLoc, Ty,
1188                              diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
1189     return ExprError();
1190 
1191   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TInfo);
1192   InitializationKind Kind =
1193       Exprs.size() ? ListInitialization
1194       ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TyBeginLoc)
1195       : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc)
1196       : InitializationKind::CreateValue(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc);
1197   InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs);
1198   ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs);
1199 
1200   if (Result.isInvalid() || !ListInitialization)
1201     return Result;
1202 
1203   Expr *Inner = Result.get();
1204   if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BTE = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(Inner))
1205     Inner = BTE->getSubExpr();
1206   if (!isa<CXXTemporaryObjectExpr>(Inner)) {
1207     // If we created a CXXTemporaryObjectExpr, that node also represents the
1208     // functional cast. Otherwise, create an explicit cast to represent
1209     // the syntactic form of a functional-style cast that was used here.
1210     //
1211     // FIXME: Creating a CXXFunctionalCastExpr around a CXXConstructExpr
1212     // would give a more consistent AST representation than using a
1213     // CXXTemporaryObjectExpr. It's also weird that the functional cast
1214     // is sometimes handled by initialization and sometimes not.
1215     QualType ResultType = Result.get()->getType();
1216     Result = CXXFunctionalCastExpr::Create(
1217         Context, ResultType, Expr::getValueKindForType(TInfo->getType()), TInfo,
1218         CK_NoOp, Result.get(), /*Path=*/nullptr, LParenLoc, RParenLoc);
1219   }
1220 
1221   return Result;
1222 }
1223 
1224 /// doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize - Answers whether the usual
1225 /// operator delete[] for the given type has a size_t parameter.
1226 static bool doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc,
1227                                          QualType allocType) {
1228   const RecordType *record =
1229     allocType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAs<RecordType>();
1230   if (!record) return false;
1231 
1232   // Try to find an operator delete[] in class scope.
1233 
1234   DeclarationName deleteName =
1235     S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete);
1236   LookupResult ops(S, deleteName, loc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
1237   S.LookupQualifiedName(ops, record->getDecl());
1238 
1239   // We're just doing this for information.
1240   ops.suppressDiagnostics();
1241 
1242   // Very likely: there's no operator delete[].
1243   if (ops.empty()) return false;
1244 
1245   // If it's ambiguous, it should be illegal to call operator delete[]
1246   // on this thing, so it doesn't matter if we allocate extra space or not.
1247   if (ops.isAmbiguous()) return false;
1248 
1249   LookupResult::Filter filter = ops.makeFilter();
1250   while (filter.hasNext()) {
1251     NamedDecl *del = filter.next()->getUnderlyingDecl();
1252 
1253     // C++0x [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2:
1254     //   A template instance is never a usual deallocation function,
1255     //   regardless of its signature.
1256     if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(del)) {
1257       filter.erase();
1258       continue;
1259     }
1260 
1261     // C++0x [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2:
1262     //   If class T does not declare [an operator delete[] with one
1263     //   parameter] but does declare a member deallocation function
1264     //   named operator delete[] with exactly two parameters, the
1265     //   second of which has type std::size_t, then this function
1266     //   is a usual deallocation function.
1267     if (!cast<CXXMethodDecl>(del)->isUsualDeallocationFunction()) {
1268       filter.erase();
1269       continue;
1270     }
1271   }
1272   filter.done();
1273 
1274   if (!ops.isSingleResult()) return false;
1275 
1276   const FunctionDecl *del = cast<FunctionDecl>(ops.getFoundDecl());
1277   return (del->getNumParams() == 2);
1278 }
1279 
1280 /// \brief Parsed a C++ 'new' expression (C++ 5.3.4).
1281 ///
1282 /// E.g.:
1283 /// @code new (memory) int[size][4] @endcode
1284 /// or
1285 /// @code ::new Foo(23, "hello") @endcode
1286 ///
1287 /// \param StartLoc The first location of the expression.
1288 /// \param UseGlobal True if 'new' was prefixed with '::'.
1289 /// \param PlacementLParen Opening paren of the placement arguments.
1290 /// \param PlacementArgs Placement new arguments.
1291 /// \param PlacementRParen Closing paren of the placement arguments.
1292 /// \param TypeIdParens If the type is in parens, the source range.
1293 /// \param D The type to be allocated, as well as array dimensions.
1294 /// \param Initializer The initializing expression or initializer-list, or null
1295 ///   if there is none.
1296 ExprResult
1297 Sema::ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
1298                   SourceLocation PlacementLParen, MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
1299                   SourceLocation PlacementRParen, SourceRange TypeIdParens,
1300                   Declarator &D, Expr *Initializer) {
1301   bool TypeContainsAuto = D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType();
1302 
1303   Expr *ArraySize = nullptr;
1304   // If the specified type is an array, unwrap it and save the expression.
1305   if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0 &&
1306       D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Array) {
1307      DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(0);
1308     if (TypeContainsAuto)
1309       return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_new_array_of_auto)
1310         << D.getSourceRange());
1311     if (Chunk.Arr.hasStatic)
1312       return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_static_illegal_in_new)
1313         << D.getSourceRange());
1314     if (!Chunk.Arr.NumElts)
1315       return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_array_new_needs_size)
1316         << D.getSourceRange());
1317 
1318     ArraySize = static_cast<Expr*>(Chunk.Arr.NumElts);
1319     D.DropFirstTypeObject();
1320   }
1321 
1322   // Every dimension shall be of constant size.
1323   if (ArraySize) {
1324     for (unsigned I = 0, N = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I < N; ++I) {
1325       if (D.getTypeObject(I).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Array)
1326         break;
1327 
1328       DeclaratorChunk::ArrayTypeInfo &Array = D.getTypeObject(I).Arr;
1329       if (Expr *NumElts = (Expr *)Array.NumElts) {
1330         if (!NumElts->isTypeDependent() && !NumElts->isValueDependent()) {
1331           if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
1332 	    // C++1y [expr.new]p6: Every constant-expression in a noptr-new-declarator
1333 	    //   shall be a converted constant expression (5.19) of type std::size_t
1334 	    //   and shall evaluate to a strictly positive value.
1335             unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
1336             assert(IntWidth && "Builtin type of size 0?");
1337             llvm::APSInt Value(IntWidth);
1338             Array.NumElts
1339              = CheckConvertedConstantExpression(NumElts, Context.getSizeType(), Value,
1340                                                 CCEK_NewExpr)
1341                  .get();
1342           } else {
1343             Array.NumElts
1344               = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(NumElts, nullptr,
1345                                                 diag::err_new_array_nonconst)
1346                   .get();
1347           }
1348           if (!Array.NumElts)
1349             return ExprError();
1350         }
1351       }
1352     }
1353   }
1354 
1355   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, /*Scope=*/nullptr);
1356   QualType AllocType = TInfo->getType();
1357   if (D.isInvalidType())
1358     return ExprError();
1359 
1360   SourceRange DirectInitRange;
1361   if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer))
1362     DirectInitRange = List->getSourceRange();
1363 
1364   return BuildCXXNew(SourceRange(StartLoc, D.getLocEnd()), UseGlobal,
1365                      PlacementLParen,
1366                      PlacementArgs,
1367                      PlacementRParen,
1368                      TypeIdParens,
1369                      AllocType,
1370                      TInfo,
1371                      ArraySize,
1372                      DirectInitRange,
1373                      Initializer,
1374                      TypeContainsAuto);
1375 }
1376 
1377 static bool isLegalArrayNewInitializer(CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle Style,
1378                                        Expr *Init) {
1379   if (!Init)
1380     return true;
1381   if (ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init))
1382     return PLE->getNumExprs() == 0;
1383   if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init))
1384     return true;
1385   else if (CXXConstructExpr *CCE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init))
1386     return !CCE->isListInitialization() &&
1387            CCE->getConstructor()->isDefaultConstructor();
1388   else if (Style == CXXNewExpr::ListInit) {
1389     assert(isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
1390            "Shouldn't create list CXXConstructExprs for arrays.");
1391     return true;
1392   }
1393   return false;
1394 }
1395 
1396 ExprResult
1397 Sema::BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
1398                   SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
1399                   MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
1400                   SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
1401                   SourceRange TypeIdParens,
1402                   QualType AllocType,
1403                   TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
1404                   Expr *ArraySize,
1405                   SourceRange DirectInitRange,
1406                   Expr *Initializer,
1407                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
1408   SourceRange TypeRange = AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
1409   SourceLocation StartLoc = Range.getBegin();
1410 
1411   CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle initStyle;
1412   if (DirectInitRange.isValid()) {
1413     assert(Initializer && "Have parens but no initializer.");
1414     initStyle = CXXNewExpr::CallInit;
1415   } else if (Initializer && isa<InitListExpr>(Initializer))
1416     initStyle = CXXNewExpr::ListInit;
1417   else {
1418     assert((!Initializer || isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Initializer) ||
1419             isa<CXXConstructExpr>(Initializer)) &&
1420            "Initializer expression that cannot have been implicitly created.");
1421     initStyle = CXXNewExpr::NoInit;
1422   }
1423 
1424   Expr **Inits = &Initializer;
1425   unsigned NumInits = Initializer ? 1 : 0;
1426   if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) {
1427     assert(initStyle == CXXNewExpr::CallInit && "paren init for non-call init");
1428     Inits = List->getExprs();
1429     NumInits = List->getNumExprs();
1430   }
1431 
1432   // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
1433   if (TypeMayContainAuto && AllocType->isUndeducedType()) {
1434     if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit || NumInits == 0)
1435       return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_requires_ctor_arg)
1436                        << AllocType << TypeRange);
1437     if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit ||
1438         (NumInits == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Inits[0])))
1439       return ExprError(Diag(Inits[0]->getLocStart(),
1440                             diag::err_auto_new_list_init)
1441                        << AllocType << TypeRange);
1442     if (NumInits > 1) {
1443       Expr *FirstBad = Inits[1];
1444       return ExprError(Diag(FirstBad->getLocStart(),
1445                             diag::err_auto_new_ctor_multiple_expressions)
1446                        << AllocType << TypeRange);
1447     }
1448     Expr *Deduce = Inits[0];
1449     QualType DeducedType;
1450     if (DeduceAutoType(AllocTypeInfo, Deduce, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed)
1451       return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_deduction_failure)
1452                        << AllocType << Deduce->getType()
1453                        << TypeRange << Deduce->getSourceRange());
1454     if (DeducedType.isNull())
1455       return ExprError();
1456     AllocType = DeducedType;
1457   }
1458 
1459   // Per C++0x [expr.new]p5, the type being constructed may be a
1460   // typedef of an array type.
1461   if (!ArraySize) {
1462     if (const ConstantArrayType *Array
1463                               = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(AllocType)) {
1464       ArraySize = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Array->getSize(),
1465                                          Context.getSizeType(),
1466                                          TypeRange.getEnd());
1467       AllocType = Array->getElementType();
1468     }
1469   }
1470 
1471   if (CheckAllocatedType(AllocType, TypeRange.getBegin(), TypeRange))
1472     return ExprError();
1473 
1474   if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit &&
1475       isStdInitializerList(AllocType, nullptr)) {
1476     Diag(AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
1477          diag::warn_dangling_std_initializer_list)
1478         << /*at end of FE*/0 << Inits[0]->getSourceRange();
1479   }
1480 
1481   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for the allocated
1482   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
1483       AllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
1484       AllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
1485     AllocType = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(AllocType,
1486                                     AllocType->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime());
1487   }
1488 
1489   QualType ResultType = Context.getPointerType(AllocType);
1490 
1491   if (ArraySize && ArraySize->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
1492     ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(ArraySize);
1493     if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
1494     ArraySize = result.get();
1495   }
1496   // C++98 5.3.4p6: "The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have
1497   //   integral or enumeration type with a non-negative value."
1498   // C++11 [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] shall be of integral or unscoped
1499   //   enumeration type, or a class type for which a single non-explicit
1500   //   conversion function to integral or unscoped enumeration type exists.
1501   // C++1y [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] is implicitly converted to
1502   //   std::size_t.
1503   if (ArraySize && !ArraySize->isTypeDependent()) {
1504     ExprResult ConvertedSize;
1505     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
1506       assert(Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth() && "Builtin type of size 0?");
1507 
1508       ConvertedSize = PerformImplicitConversion(ArraySize, Context.getSizeType(),
1509 						AA_Converting);
1510 
1511       if (!ConvertedSize.isInvalid() &&
1512           ArraySize->getType()->getAs<RecordType>())
1513         // Diagnose the compatibility of this conversion.
1514         Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion)
1515           << ArraySize->getType() << 0 << "'size_t'";
1516     } else {
1517       class SizeConvertDiagnoser : public ICEConvertDiagnoser {
1518       protected:
1519         Expr *ArraySize;
1520 
1521       public:
1522         SizeConvertDiagnoser(Expr *ArraySize)
1523             : ICEConvertDiagnoser(/*AllowScopedEnumerations*/false, false, false),
1524               ArraySize(ArraySize) {}
1525 
1526         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1527                                              QualType T) override {
1528           return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_not_integral)
1529                    << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 << T;
1530         }
1531 
1532         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(
1533             Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
1534           return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_incomplete_type)
1535                    << T << ArraySize->getSourceRange();
1536         }
1537 
1538         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
1539             Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override {
1540           return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy;
1541         }
1542 
1543         SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(
1544             Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override {
1545           return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion)
1546                    << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
1547         }
1548 
1549         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(
1550             Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
1551           return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_ambiguous_conversion) << T;
1552         }
1553 
1554         SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(
1555             Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override {
1556           return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion)
1557                    << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
1558         }
1559 
1560         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1561                                                  QualType T,
1562                                                  QualType ConvTy) override {
1563           return S.Diag(Loc,
1564                         S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
1565                           ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion
1566                           : diag::ext_array_size_conversion)
1567                    << T << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
1568         }
1569       } SizeDiagnoser(ArraySize);
1570 
1571       ConvertedSize = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, ArraySize,
1572                                                           SizeDiagnoser);
1573     }
1574     if (ConvertedSize.isInvalid())
1575       return ExprError();
1576 
1577     ArraySize = ConvertedSize.get();
1578     QualType SizeType = ArraySize->getType();
1579 
1580     if (!SizeType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())
1581       return ExprError();
1582 
1583     // C++98 [expr.new]p7:
1584     //   The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have integral type
1585     //   with a non-negative value.
1586     //
1587     // Let's see if this is a constant < 0. If so, we reject it out of
1588     // hand. Otherwise, if it's not a constant, we must have an unparenthesized
1589     // array type.
1590     //
1591     // Note: such a construct has well-defined semantics in C++11: it throws
1592     // std::bad_array_new_length.
1593     if (!ArraySize->isValueDependent()) {
1594       llvm::APSInt Value;
1595       // We've already performed any required implicit conversion to integer or
1596       // unscoped enumeration type.
1597       if (ArraySize->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context)) {
1598         if (Value < llvm::APSInt(
1599                         llvm::APInt::getNullValue(Value.getBitWidth()),
1600                                  Value.isUnsigned())) {
1601           if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
1602             Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(),
1603                  diag::warn_typecheck_negative_array_new_size)
1604               << ArraySize->getSourceRange();
1605           else
1606             return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(),
1607                                   diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size)
1608                              << ArraySize->getSourceRange());
1609         } else if (!AllocType->isDependentType()) {
1610           unsigned ActiveSizeBits =
1611             ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, AllocType, Value);
1612           if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
1613             if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
1614               Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(),
1615                    diag::warn_array_new_too_large)
1616                 << Value.toString(10)
1617                 << ArraySize->getSourceRange();
1618             else
1619               return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(),
1620                                     diag::err_array_too_large)
1621                                << Value.toString(10)
1622                                << ArraySize->getSourceRange());
1623           }
1624         }
1625       } else if (TypeIdParens.isValid()) {
1626         // Can't have dynamic array size when the type-id is in parentheses.
1627         Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), diag::ext_new_paren_array_nonconst)
1628           << ArraySize->getSourceRange()
1629           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getBegin())
1630           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getEnd());
1631 
1632         TypeIdParens = SourceRange();
1633       }
1634     }
1635 
1636     // Note that we do *not* convert the argument in any way.  It can
1637     // be signed, larger than size_t, whatever.
1638   }
1639 
1640   FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = nullptr;
1641   FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr;
1642 
1643   if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
1644       !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(PlacementArgs) &&
1645       FindAllocationFunctions(StartLoc,
1646                               SourceRange(PlacementLParen, PlacementRParen),
1647                               UseGlobal, AllocType, ArraySize, PlacementArgs,
1648                               OperatorNew, OperatorDelete))
1649     return ExprError();
1650 
1651   // If this is an array allocation, compute whether the usual array
1652   // deallocation function for the type has a size_t parameter.
1653   bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false;
1654   if (ArraySize && !AllocType->isDependentType())
1655     UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize
1656       = doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, AllocType);
1657 
1658   SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllPlaceArgs;
1659   if (OperatorNew) {
1660     const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
1661         OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
1662     VariadicCallType CallType = Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction
1663                                                     : VariadicDoesNotApply;
1664 
1665     // We've already converted the placement args, just fill in any default
1666     // arguments. Skip the first parameter because we don't have a corresponding
1667     // argument.
1668     if (GatherArgumentsForCall(PlacementLParen, OperatorNew, Proto, 1,
1669                                PlacementArgs, AllPlaceArgs, CallType))
1670       return ExprError();
1671 
1672     if (!AllPlaceArgs.empty())
1673       PlacementArgs = AllPlaceArgs;
1674 
1675     // FIXME: This is wrong: PlacementArgs misses out the first (size) argument.
1676     DiagnoseSentinelCalls(OperatorNew, PlacementLParen, PlacementArgs);
1677 
1678     // FIXME: Missing call to CheckFunctionCall or equivalent
1679   }
1680 
1681   // Warn if the type is over-aligned and is being allocated by global operator
1682   // new.
1683   if (PlacementArgs.empty() && OperatorNew &&
1684       (OperatorNew->isImplicit() ||
1685        (OperatorNew->getLocStart().isValid() &&
1686         getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OperatorNew->getLocStart())))) {
1687     if (unsigned Align = Context.getPreferredTypeAlign(AllocType.getTypePtr())){
1688       unsigned SuitableAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getSuitableAlign();
1689       if (Align > SuitableAlign)
1690         Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_overaligned_type)
1691             << AllocType
1692             << unsigned(Align / Context.getCharWidth())
1693             << unsigned(SuitableAlign / Context.getCharWidth());
1694     }
1695   }
1696 
1697   QualType InitType = AllocType;
1698   // Array 'new' can't have any initializers except empty parentheses.
1699   // Initializer lists are also allowed, in C++11. Rely on the parser for the
1700   // dialect distinction.
1701   if (ResultType->isArrayType() || ArraySize) {
1702     if (!isLegalArrayNewInitializer(initStyle, Initializer)) {
1703       SourceRange InitRange(Inits[0]->getLocStart(),
1704                             Inits[NumInits - 1]->getLocEnd());
1705       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_new_array_init_args) << InitRange;
1706       return ExprError();
1707     }
1708     if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast_or_null<InitListExpr>(Initializer)) {
1709       // We do the initialization typechecking against the array type
1710       // corresponding to the number of initializers + 1 (to also check
1711       // default-initialization).
1712       unsigned NumElements = ILE->getNumInits() + 1;
1713       InitType = Context.getConstantArrayType(AllocType,
1714           llvm::APInt(Context.getTypeSize(Context.getSizeType()), NumElements),
1715                                               ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1716     }
1717   }
1718 
1719   // If we can perform the initialization, and we've not already done so,
1720   // do it now.
1721   if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
1722       !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(
1723           llvm::makeArrayRef(Inits, NumInits))) {
1724     // C++11 [expr.new]p15:
1725     //   A new-expression that creates an object of type T initializes that
1726     //   object as follows:
1727     InitializationKind Kind
1728     //     - If the new-initializer is omitted, the object is default-
1729     //       initialized (8.5); if no initialization is performed,
1730     //       the object has indeterminate value
1731       = initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit
1732           ? InitializationKind::CreateDefault(TypeRange.getBegin())
1733     //     - Otherwise, the new-initializer is interpreted according to the
1734     //       initialization rules of 8.5 for direct-initialization.
1735           : initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit
1736               ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TypeRange.getBegin())
1737               : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TypeRange.getBegin(),
1738                                                  DirectInitRange.getBegin(),
1739                                                  DirectInitRange.getEnd());
1740 
1741     InitializedEntity Entity
1742       = InitializedEntity::InitializeNew(StartLoc, InitType);
1743     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits));
1744     ExprResult FullInit = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
1745                                           MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits));
1746     if (FullInit.isInvalid())
1747       return ExprError();
1748 
1749     // FullInit is our initializer; strip off CXXBindTemporaryExprs, because
1750     // we don't want the initialized object to be destructed.
1751     if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Binder =
1752             dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(FullInit.get()))
1753       FullInit = Binder->getSubExpr();
1754 
1755     Initializer = FullInit.get();
1756   }
1757 
1758   // Mark the new and delete operators as referenced.
1759   if (OperatorNew) {
1760     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorNew, StartLoc))
1761       return ExprError();
1762     MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorNew);
1763   }
1764   if (OperatorDelete) {
1765     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorDelete, StartLoc))
1766       return ExprError();
1767     MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete);
1768   }
1769 
1770   // C++0x [expr.new]p17:
1771   //   If the new expression creates an array of objects of class type,
1772   //   access and ambiguity control are done for the destructor.
1773   QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType);
1774   if (ArraySize && !BaseAllocType->isDependentType()) {
1775     if (const RecordType *BaseRecordType = BaseAllocType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
1776       if (CXXDestructorDecl *dtor = LookupDestructor(
1777               cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRecordType->getDecl()))) {
1778         MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, dtor);
1779         CheckDestructorAccess(StartLoc, dtor,
1780                               PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor)
1781                                 << BaseAllocType);
1782         if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(dtor, StartLoc))
1783           return ExprError();
1784       }
1785     }
1786   }
1787 
1788   return new (Context)
1789       CXXNewExpr(Context, UseGlobal, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete,
1790                  UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, PlacementArgs, TypeIdParens,
1791                  ArraySize, initStyle, Initializer, ResultType, AllocTypeInfo,
1792                  Range, DirectInitRange);
1793 }
1794 
1795 /// \brief Checks that a type is suitable as the allocated type
1796 /// in a new-expression.
1797 bool Sema::CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
1798                               SourceRange R) {
1799   // C++ 5.3.4p1: "[The] type shall be a complete object type, but not an
1800   //   abstract class type or array thereof.
1801   if (AllocType->isFunctionType())
1802     return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type)
1803       << AllocType << 0 << R;
1804   else if (AllocType->isReferenceType())
1805     return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type)
1806       << AllocType << 1 << R;
1807   else if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
1808            RequireCompleteType(Loc, AllocType, diag::err_new_incomplete_type,R))
1809     return true;
1810   else if (RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, AllocType,
1811                                   diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
1812     return true;
1813   else if (AllocType->isVariablyModifiedType())
1814     return Diag(Loc, diag::err_variably_modified_new_type)
1815              << AllocType;
1816   else if (unsigned AddressSpace = AllocType.getAddressSpace())
1817     return Diag(Loc, diag::err_address_space_qualified_new)
1818       << AllocType.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace;
1819   else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
1820     if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(AllocType)) {
1821       QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AT);
1822       if (BaseAllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
1823           BaseAllocType->isObjCLifetimeType())
1824         return Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_new_array_without_ownership)
1825           << BaseAllocType;
1826     }
1827   }
1828 
1829   return false;
1830 }
1831 
1832 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is a non-placement
1833 /// deallocation function.
1834 static bool isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
1835   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
1836     return false;
1837 
1838   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
1839     return Method->isUsualDeallocationFunction();
1840 
1841   if (FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Delete &&
1842       FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Array_Delete)
1843     return false;
1844 
1845   if (FD->getNumParams() == 1)
1846     return true;
1847 
1848   return S.getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && FD->getNumParams() == 2 &&
1849          S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FD->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1850                                           S.Context.getSizeType());
1851 }
1852 
1853 /// FindAllocationFunctions - Finds the overloads of operator new and delete
1854 /// that are appropriate for the allocation.
1855 bool Sema::FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
1856                                    bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType,
1857                                    bool IsArray, MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
1858                                    FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
1859                                    FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete) {
1860   // --- Choosing an allocation function ---
1861   // C++ 5.3.4p8 - 14 & 18
1862   // 1) If UseGlobal is true, only look in the global scope. Else, also look
1863   //   in the scope of the allocated class.
1864   // 2) If an array size is given, look for operator new[], else look for
1865   //   operator new.
1866   // 3) The first argument is always size_t. Append the arguments from the
1867   //   placement form.
1868 
1869   SmallVector<Expr*, 8> AllocArgs(1 + PlaceArgs.size());
1870   // We don't care about the actual value of this argument.
1871   // FIXME: Should the Sema create the expression and embed it in the syntax
1872   // tree? Or should the consumer just recalculate the value?
1873   IntegerLiteral Size(Context, llvm::APInt::getNullValue(
1874                       Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0)),
1875                       Context.getSizeType(),
1876                       SourceLocation());
1877   AllocArgs[0] = &Size;
1878   std::copy(PlaceArgs.begin(), PlaceArgs.end(), AllocArgs.begin() + 1);
1879 
1880   // C++ [expr.new]p8:
1881   //   If the allocated type is a non-array type, the allocation
1882   //   function's name is operator new and the deallocation function's
1883   //   name is operator delete. If the allocated type is an array
1884   //   type, the allocation function's name is operator new[] and the
1885   //   deallocation function's name is operator delete[].
1886   DeclarationName NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
1887                                         IsArray ? OO_Array_New : OO_New);
1888   DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
1889                                         IsArray ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete);
1890 
1891   QualType AllocElemType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType);
1892 
1893   if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) {
1894     CXXRecordDecl *Record
1895       = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
1896     if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, Record,
1897                                /*AllowMissing=*/true, OperatorNew))
1898       return true;
1899   }
1900 
1901   if (!OperatorNew) {
1902     // Didn't find a member overload. Look for a global one.
1903     DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
1904     DeclContext *TUDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1905     bool FallbackEnabled = IsArray && Context.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat;
1906     if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, TUDecl,
1907                                /*AllowMissing=*/FallbackEnabled, OperatorNew,
1908                                /*Diagnose=*/!FallbackEnabled)) {
1909       if (!FallbackEnabled)
1910         return true;
1911 
1912       // MSVC will fall back on trying to find a matching global operator new
1913       // if operator new[] cannot be found.  Also, MSVC will leak by not
1914       // generating a call to operator delete or operator delete[], but we
1915       // will not replicate that bug.
1916       NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New);
1917       DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete);
1918       if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, TUDecl,
1919                                /*AllowMissing=*/false, OperatorNew))
1920       return true;
1921     }
1922   }
1923 
1924   // We don't need an operator delete if we're running under
1925   // -fno-exceptions.
1926   if (!getLangOpts().Exceptions) {
1927     OperatorDelete = nullptr;
1928     return false;
1929   }
1930 
1931   // C++ [expr.new]p19:
1932   //
1933   //   If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the
1934   //   deallocation function's name is looked up in the global
1935   //   scope. Otherwise, if the allocated type is a class type T or an
1936   //   array thereof, the deallocation function's name is looked up in
1937   //   the scope of T. If this lookup fails to find the name, or if
1938   //   the allocated type is not a class type or array thereof, the
1939   //   deallocation function's name is looked up in the global scope.
1940   LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, DeleteName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1941   if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) {
1942     CXXRecordDecl *RD
1943       = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
1944     LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, RD);
1945   }
1946   if (FoundDelete.isAmbiguous())
1947     return true; // FIXME: clean up expressions?
1948 
1949   if (FoundDelete.empty()) {
1950     DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
1951     LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
1952   }
1953 
1954   FoundDelete.suppressDiagnostics();
1955 
1956   SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair,FunctionDecl*>, 2> Matches;
1957 
1958   // Whether we're looking for a placement operator delete is dictated
1959   // by whether we selected a placement operator new, not by whether
1960   // we had explicit placement arguments.  This matters for things like
1961   //   struct A { void *operator new(size_t, int = 0); ... };
1962   //   A *a = new A()
1963   bool isPlacementNew = (!PlaceArgs.empty() || OperatorNew->param_size() != 1);
1964 
1965   if (isPlacementNew) {
1966     // C++ [expr.new]p20:
1967     //   A declaration of a placement deallocation function matches the
1968     //   declaration of a placement allocation function if it has the
1969     //   same number of parameters and, after parameter transformations
1970     //   (8.3.5), all parameter types except the first are
1971     //   identical. [...]
1972     //
1973     // To perform this comparison, we compute the function type that
1974     // the deallocation function should have, and use that type both
1975     // for template argument deduction and for comparison purposes.
1976     //
1977     // FIXME: this comparison should ignore CC and the like.
1978     QualType ExpectedFunctionType;
1979     {
1980       const FunctionProtoType *Proto
1981         = OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
1982 
1983       SmallVector<QualType, 4> ArgTypes;
1984       ArgTypes.push_back(Context.VoidPtrTy);
1985       for (unsigned I = 1, N = Proto->getNumParams(); I < N; ++I)
1986         ArgTypes.push_back(Proto->getParamType(I));
1987 
1988       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
1989       EPI.Variadic = Proto->isVariadic();
1990 
1991       ExpectedFunctionType
1992         = Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, ArgTypes, EPI);
1993     }
1994 
1995     for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(),
1996                              DEnd = FoundDelete.end();
1997          D != DEnd; ++D) {
1998       FunctionDecl *Fn = nullptr;
1999       if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTmpl
2000             = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) {
2001         // Perform template argument deduction to try to match the
2002         // expected function type.
2003         TemplateDeductionInfo Info(StartLoc);
2004         if (DeduceTemplateArguments(FnTmpl, nullptr, ExpectedFunctionType, Fn,
2005                                     Info))
2006           continue;
2007       } else
2008         Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl());
2009 
2010       if (Context.hasSameType(Fn->getType(), ExpectedFunctionType))
2011         Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn));
2012     }
2013   } else {
2014     // C++ [expr.new]p20:
2015     //   [...] Any non-placement deallocation function matches a
2016     //   non-placement allocation function. [...]
2017     for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(),
2018                              DEnd = FoundDelete.end();
2019          D != DEnd; ++D) {
2020       if (FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl()))
2021         if (isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, Fn))
2022           Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn));
2023     }
2024 
2025     // C++1y [expr.new]p22:
2026     //   For a non-placement allocation function, the normal deallocation
2027     //   function lookup is used
2028     // C++1y [expr.delete]p?:
2029     //   If [...] deallocation function lookup finds both a usual deallocation
2030     //   function with only a pointer parameter and a usual deallocation
2031     //   function with both a pointer parameter and a size parameter, then the
2032     //   selected deallocation function shall be the one with two parameters.
2033     //   Otherwise, the selected deallocation function shall be the function
2034     //   with one parameter.
2035     if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && Matches.size() == 2) {
2036       if (Matches[0].second->getNumParams() == 1)
2037         Matches.erase(Matches.begin());
2038       else
2039         Matches.erase(Matches.begin() + 1);
2040       assert(Matches[0].second->getNumParams() == 2 &&
2041              "found an unexpected usual deallocation function");
2042     }
2043   }
2044 
2045   // C++ [expr.new]p20:
2046   //   [...] If the lookup finds a single matching deallocation
2047   //   function, that function will be called; otherwise, no
2048   //   deallocation function will be called.
2049   if (Matches.size() == 1) {
2050     OperatorDelete = Matches[0].second;
2051 
2052     // C++0x [expr.new]p20:
2053     //   If the lookup finds the two-parameter form of a usual
2054     //   deallocation function (3.7.4.2) and that function, considered
2055     //   as a placement deallocation function, would have been
2056     //   selected as a match for the allocation function, the program
2057     //   is ill-formed.
2058     if (!PlaceArgs.empty() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
2059         isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, OperatorDelete)) {
2060       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_placement_new_non_placement_delete)
2061         << SourceRange(PlaceArgs.front()->getLocStart(),
2062                        PlaceArgs.back()->getLocEnd());
2063       if (!OperatorDelete->isImplicit())
2064         Diag(OperatorDelete->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
2065           << DeleteName;
2066     } else {
2067       CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, FoundDelete.getNamingClass(),
2068                             Matches[0].first);
2069     }
2070   }
2071 
2072   return false;
2073 }
2074 
2075 /// \brief Find an fitting overload for the allocation function
2076 /// in the specified scope.
2077 ///
2078 /// \param StartLoc The location of the 'new' token.
2079 /// \param Range The range of the placement arguments.
2080 /// \param Name The name of the function ('operator new' or 'operator new[]').
2081 /// \param Args The placement arguments specified.
2082 /// \param Ctx The scope in which we should search; either a class scope or the
2083 ///        translation unit.
2084 /// \param AllowMissing If \c true, report an error if we can't find any
2085 ///        allocation functions. Otherwise, succeed but don't fill in \p
2086 ///        Operator.
2087 /// \param Operator Filled in with the found allocation function. Unchanged if
2088 ///        no allocation function was found.
2089 /// \param Diagnose If \c true, issue errors if the allocation function is not
2090 ///        usable.
2091 bool Sema::FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
2092                                   DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args,
2093                                   DeclContext *Ctx,
2094                                   bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
2095                                   bool Diagnose) {
2096   LookupResult R(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
2097   LookupQualifiedName(R, Ctx);
2098   if (R.empty()) {
2099     if (AllowMissing || !Diagnose)
2100       return false;
2101     return Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
2102       << Name << Range;
2103   }
2104 
2105   if (R.isAmbiguous())
2106     return true;
2107 
2108   R.suppressDiagnostics();
2109 
2110   OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(StartLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
2111   for (LookupResult::iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end();
2112        Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) {
2113     // Even member operator new/delete are implicitly treated as
2114     // static, so don't use AddMemberCandidate.
2115     NamedDecl *D = (*Alloc)->getUnderlyingDecl();
2116 
2117     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
2118       AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FnTemplate, Alloc.getPair(),
2119                                    /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr,
2120                                    Args, Candidates,
2121                                    /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
2122       continue;
2123     }
2124 
2125     FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
2126     AddOverloadCandidate(Fn, Alloc.getPair(), Args, Candidates,
2127                          /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
2128   }
2129 
2130   // Do the resolution.
2131   OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
2132   switch (Candidates.BestViableFunction(*this, StartLoc, Best)) {
2133   case OR_Success: {
2134     // Got one!
2135     FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
2136     if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, R.getNamingClass(),
2137                               Best->FoundDecl, Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible)
2138       return true;
2139 
2140     Operator = FnDecl;
2141     return false;
2142   }
2143 
2144   case OR_No_Viable_Function:
2145     if (Diagnose) {
2146       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
2147         << Name << Range;
2148       Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
2149     }
2150     return true;
2151 
2152   case OR_Ambiguous:
2153     if (Diagnose) {
2154       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
2155         << Name << Range;
2156       Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args);
2157     }
2158     return true;
2159 
2160   case OR_Deleted: {
2161     if (Diagnose) {
2162       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
2163         << Best->Function->isDeleted()
2164         << Name
2165         << getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function)
2166         << Range;
2167       Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
2168     }
2169     return true;
2170   }
2171   }
2172   llvm_unreachable("Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction");
2173 }
2174 
2175 
2176 /// DeclareGlobalNewDelete - Declare the global forms of operator new and
2177 /// delete. These are:
2178 /// @code
2179 ///   // C++03:
2180 ///   void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
2181 ///   void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
2182 ///   void operator delete(void *) throw();
2183 ///   void operator delete[](void *) throw();
2184 ///   // C++11:
2185 ///   void* operator new(std::size_t);
2186 ///   void* operator new[](std::size_t);
2187 ///   void operator delete(void *) noexcept;
2188 ///   void operator delete[](void *) noexcept;
2189 ///   // C++1y:
2190 ///   void* operator new(std::size_t);
2191 ///   void* operator new[](std::size_t);
2192 ///   void operator delete(void *) noexcept;
2193 ///   void operator delete[](void *) noexcept;
2194 ///   void operator delete(void *, std::size_t) noexcept;
2195 ///   void operator delete[](void *, std::size_t) noexcept;
2196 /// @endcode
2197 /// Note that the placement and nothrow forms of new are *not* implicitly
2198 /// declared. Their use requires including \<new\>.
2199 void Sema::DeclareGlobalNewDelete() {
2200   if (GlobalNewDeleteDeclared)
2201     return;
2202 
2203   // C++ [basic.std.dynamic]p2:
2204   //   [...] The following allocation and deallocation functions (18.4) are
2205   //   implicitly declared in global scope in each translation unit of a
2206   //   program
2207   //
2208   //     C++03:
2209   //     void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
2210   //     void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
2211   //     void  operator delete(void*) throw();
2212   //     void  operator delete[](void*) throw();
2213   //     C++11:
2214   //     void* operator new(std::size_t);
2215   //     void* operator new[](std::size_t);
2216   //     void  operator delete(void*) noexcept;
2217   //     void  operator delete[](void*) noexcept;
2218   //     C++1y:
2219   //     void* operator new(std::size_t);
2220   //     void* operator new[](std::size_t);
2221   //     void  operator delete(void*) noexcept;
2222   //     void  operator delete[](void*) noexcept;
2223   //     void  operator delete(void*, std::size_t) noexcept;
2224   //     void  operator delete[](void*, std::size_t) noexcept;
2225   //
2226   //   These implicit declarations introduce only the function names operator
2227   //   new, operator new[], operator delete, operator delete[].
2228   //
2229   // Here, we need to refer to std::bad_alloc, so we will implicitly declare
2230   // "std" or "bad_alloc" as necessary to form the exception specification.
2231   // However, we do not make these implicit declarations visible to name
2232   // lookup.
2233   if (!StdBadAlloc && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
2234     // The "std::bad_alloc" class has not yet been declared, so build it
2235     // implicitly.
2236     StdBadAlloc = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, TTK_Class,
2237                                         getOrCreateStdNamespace(),
2238                                         SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
2239                                       &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("bad_alloc"),
2240                                         nullptr);
2241     getStdBadAlloc()->setImplicit(true);
2242   }
2243 
2244   GlobalNewDeleteDeclared = true;
2245 
2246   QualType VoidPtr = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
2247   QualType SizeT = Context.getSizeType();
2248   bool AssumeSaneOperatorNew = getLangOpts().AssumeSaneOperatorNew;
2249 
2250   DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
2251       Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New),
2252       VoidPtr, SizeT, QualType(), AssumeSaneOperatorNew);
2253   DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
2254       Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_New),
2255       VoidPtr, SizeT, QualType(), AssumeSaneOperatorNew);
2256   DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
2257       Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete),
2258       Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr);
2259   DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
2260       Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete),
2261       Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr);
2262   if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation) {
2263     DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
2264         Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete),
2265         Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr, Context.getSizeType());
2266     DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
2267         Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete),
2268         Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr, Context.getSizeType());
2269   }
2270 }
2271 
2272 /// DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction - Declares a single implicit global
2273 /// allocation function if it doesn't already exist.
2274 void Sema::DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name,
2275                                            QualType Return,
2276                                            QualType Param1, QualType Param2,
2277                                            bool AddRestrictAttr) {
2278   DeclContext *GlobalCtx = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
2279   unsigned NumParams = Param2.isNull() ? 1 : 2;
2280 
2281   // Check if this function is already declared.
2282   DeclContext::lookup_result R = GlobalCtx->lookup(Name);
2283   for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end();
2284        Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) {
2285     // Only look at non-template functions, as it is the predefined,
2286     // non-templated allocation function we are trying to declare here.
2287     if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Alloc)) {
2288       if (Func->getNumParams() == NumParams) {
2289         QualType InitialParam1Type =
2290             Context.getCanonicalType(Func->getParamDecl(0)
2291                                          ->getType().getUnqualifiedType());
2292         QualType InitialParam2Type =
2293             NumParams == 2
2294                 ? Context.getCanonicalType(Func->getParamDecl(1)
2295                                                ->getType().getUnqualifiedType())
2296                 : QualType();
2297         // FIXME: Do we need to check for default arguments here?
2298         if (InitialParam1Type == Param1 &&
2299             (NumParams == 1 || InitialParam2Type == Param2)) {
2300           if (AddRestrictAttr && !Func->hasAttr<RestrictAttr>())
2301             Func->addAttr(RestrictAttr::CreateImplicit(
2302                 Context, RestrictAttr::GNU_malloc));
2303           // Make the function visible to name lookup, even if we found it in
2304           // an unimported module. It either is an implicitly-declared global
2305           // allocation function, or is suppressing that function.
2306           Func->setHidden(false);
2307           return;
2308         }
2309       }
2310     }
2311   }
2312 
2313   FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
2314 
2315   QualType BadAllocType;
2316   bool HasBadAllocExceptionSpec
2317     = (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
2318        Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New);
2319   if (HasBadAllocExceptionSpec) {
2320     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
2321       BadAllocType = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdBadAlloc());
2322       assert(StdBadAlloc && "Must have std::bad_alloc declared");
2323       EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_Dynamic;
2324       EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions = llvm::makeArrayRef(BadAllocType);
2325     }
2326   } else {
2327     EPI.ExceptionSpec =
2328         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? EST_BasicNoexcept : EST_DynamicNone;
2329   }
2330 
2331   QualType Params[] = { Param1, Param2 };
2332 
2333   QualType FnType = Context.getFunctionType(
2334       Return, llvm::makeArrayRef(Params, NumParams), EPI);
2335   FunctionDecl *Alloc =
2336     FunctionDecl::Create(Context, GlobalCtx, SourceLocation(),
2337                          SourceLocation(), Name,
2338                          FnType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, false, true);
2339   Alloc->setImplicit();
2340 
2341   // Implicit sized deallocation functions always have default visibility.
2342   Alloc->addAttr(VisibilityAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
2343                                                 VisibilityAttr::Default));
2344 
2345   if (AddRestrictAttr)
2346     Alloc->addAttr(
2347         RestrictAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, RestrictAttr::GNU_malloc));
2348 
2349   ParmVarDecl *ParamDecls[2];
2350   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumParams; ++I) {
2351     ParamDecls[I] = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, Alloc, SourceLocation(),
2352                                         SourceLocation(), nullptr,
2353                                         Params[I], /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
2354                                         SC_None, nullptr);
2355     ParamDecls[I]->setImplicit();
2356   }
2357   Alloc->setParams(llvm::makeArrayRef(ParamDecls, NumParams));
2358 
2359   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Alloc);
2360   IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(Alloc, Name);
2361 }
2362 
2363 FunctionDecl *Sema::FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc,
2364                                                   bool CanProvideSize,
2365                                                   DeclarationName Name) {
2366   DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
2367 
2368   LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
2369   LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
2370 
2371   // C++ [expr.new]p20:
2372   //   [...] Any non-placement deallocation function matches a
2373   //   non-placement allocation function. [...]
2374   llvm::SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 2> Matches;
2375   for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(),
2376                            DEnd = FoundDelete.end();
2377        D != DEnd; ++D) {
2378     if (FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*D))
2379       if (isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, Fn))
2380         Matches.push_back(Fn);
2381   }
2382 
2383   // C++1y [expr.delete]p?:
2384   //   If the type is complete and deallocation function lookup finds both a
2385   //   usual deallocation function with only a pointer parameter and a usual
2386   //   deallocation function with both a pointer parameter and a size
2387   //   parameter, then the selected deallocation function shall be the one
2388   //   with two parameters.  Otherwise, the selected deallocation function
2389   //   shall be the function with one parameter.
2390   if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && Matches.size() == 2) {
2391     unsigned NumArgs = CanProvideSize ? 2 : 1;
2392     if (Matches[0]->getNumParams() != NumArgs)
2393       Matches.erase(Matches.begin());
2394     else
2395       Matches.erase(Matches.begin() + 1);
2396     assert(Matches[0]->getNumParams() == NumArgs &&
2397            "found an unexpected usual deallocation function");
2398   }
2399 
2400   if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDATargetOverloads)
2401     EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext), Matches);
2402 
2403   assert(Matches.size() == 1 &&
2404          "unexpectedly have multiple usual deallocation functions");
2405   return Matches.front();
2406 }
2407 
2408 bool Sema::FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
2409                                     DeclarationName Name,
2410                                     FunctionDecl* &Operator, bool Diagnose) {
2411   LookupResult Found(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
2412   // Try to find operator delete/operator delete[] in class scope.
2413   LookupQualifiedName(Found, RD);
2414 
2415   if (Found.isAmbiguous())
2416     return true;
2417 
2418   Found.suppressDiagnostics();
2419 
2420   SmallVector<DeclAccessPair,4> Matches;
2421   for (LookupResult::iterator F = Found.begin(), FEnd = Found.end();
2422        F != FEnd; ++F) {
2423     NamedDecl *ND = (*F)->getUnderlyingDecl();
2424 
2425     // Ignore template operator delete members from the check for a usual
2426     // deallocation function.
2427     if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
2428       continue;
2429 
2430     if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND)->isUsualDeallocationFunction())
2431       Matches.push_back(F.getPair());
2432   }
2433 
2434   if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDATargetOverloads)
2435     EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext), Matches);
2436 
2437   // There's exactly one suitable operator;  pick it.
2438   if (Matches.size() == 1) {
2439     Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Matches[0]->getUnderlyingDecl());
2440 
2441     if (Operator->isDeleted()) {
2442       if (Diagnose) {
2443         Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
2444         NoteDeletedFunction(Operator);
2445       }
2446       return true;
2447     }
2448 
2449     if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, SourceRange(), Found.getNamingClass(),
2450                               Matches[0], Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible)
2451       return true;
2452 
2453     return false;
2454 
2455   // We found multiple suitable operators;  complain about the ambiguity.
2456   } else if (!Matches.empty()) {
2457     if (Diagnose) {
2458       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_suitable_delete_member_function_found)
2459         << Name << RD;
2460 
2461       for (SmallVectorImpl<DeclAccessPair>::iterator
2462              F = Matches.begin(), FEnd = Matches.end(); F != FEnd; ++F)
2463         Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(),
2464              diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
2465     }
2466     return true;
2467   }
2468 
2469   // We did find operator delete/operator delete[] declarations, but
2470   // none of them were suitable.
2471   if (!Found.empty()) {
2472     if (Diagnose) {
2473       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_no_suitable_delete_member_function_found)
2474         << Name << RD;
2475 
2476       for (LookupResult::iterator F = Found.begin(), FEnd = Found.end();
2477            F != FEnd; ++F)
2478         Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(),
2479              diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
2480     }
2481     return true;
2482   }
2483 
2484   Operator = nullptr;
2485   return false;
2486 }
2487 
2488 namespace {
2489 /// \brief Checks whether delete-expression, and new-expression used for
2490 ///  initializing deletee have the same array form.
2491 class MismatchingNewDeleteDetector {
2492 public:
2493   enum MismatchResult {
2494     /// Indicates that there is no mismatch or a mismatch cannot be proven.
2495     NoMismatch,
2496     /// Indicates that variable is initialized with mismatching form of \a new.
2497     VarInitMismatches,
2498     /// Indicates that member is initialized with mismatching form of \a new.
2499     MemberInitMismatches,
2500     /// Indicates that 1 or more constructors' definitions could not been
2501     /// analyzed, and they will be checked again at the end of translation unit.
2502     AnalyzeLater
2503   };
2504 
2505   /// \param EndOfTU True, if this is the final analysis at the end of
2506   /// translation unit. False, if this is the initial analysis at the point
2507   /// delete-expression was encountered.
2508   explicit MismatchingNewDeleteDetector(bool EndOfTU)
2509       : IsArrayForm(false), Field(nullptr), EndOfTU(EndOfTU),
2510         HasUndefinedConstructors(false) {}
2511 
2512   /// \brief Checks whether pointee of a delete-expression is initialized with
2513   /// matching form of new-expression.
2514   ///
2515   /// If return value is \c VarInitMismatches or \c MemberInitMismatches at the
2516   /// point where delete-expression is encountered, then a warning will be
2517   /// issued immediately. If return value is \c AnalyzeLater at the point where
2518   /// delete-expression is seen, then member will be analyzed at the end of
2519   /// translation unit. \c AnalyzeLater is returned iff at least one constructor
2520   /// couldn't be analyzed. If at least one constructor initializes the member
2521   /// with matching type of new, the return value is \c NoMismatch.
2522   MismatchResult analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE);
2523   /// \brief Analyzes a class member.
2524   /// \param Field Class member to analyze.
2525   /// \param DeleteWasArrayForm Array form-ness of the delete-expression used
2526   /// for deleting the \p Field.
2527   MismatchResult analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field, bool DeleteWasArrayForm);
2528   /// List of mismatching new-expressions used for initialization of the pointee
2529   llvm::SmallVector<const CXXNewExpr *, 4> NewExprs;
2530   /// Indicates whether delete-expression was in array form.
2531   bool IsArrayForm;
2532   FieldDecl *Field;
2533 
2534 private:
2535   const bool EndOfTU;
2536   /// \brief Indicates that there is at least one constructor without body.
2537   bool HasUndefinedConstructors;
2538   /// \brief Returns \c CXXNewExpr from given initialization expression.
2539   /// \param E Expression used for initializing pointee in delete-expression.
2540   /// E can be a single-element \c InitListExpr consisting of new-expression.
2541   const CXXNewExpr *getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E);
2542   /// \brief Returns whether member is initialized with mismatching form of
2543   /// \c new either by the member initializer or in-class initialization.
2544   ///
2545   /// If bodies of all constructors are not visible at the end of translation
2546   /// unit or at least one constructor initializes member with the matching
2547   /// form of \c new, mismatch cannot be proven, and this function will return
2548   /// \c NoMismatch.
2549   MismatchResult analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME);
2550   /// \brief Returns whether variable is initialized with mismatching form of
2551   /// \c new.
2552   ///
2553   /// If variable is initialized with matching form of \c new or variable is not
2554   /// initialized with a \c new expression, this function will return true.
2555   /// If variable is initialized with mismatching form of \c new, returns false.
2556   /// \param D Variable to analyze.
2557   bool hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D);
2558   /// \brief Checks whether the constructor initializes pointee with mismatching
2559   /// form of \c new.
2560   ///
2561   /// Returns true, if member is initialized with matching form of \c new in
2562   /// member initializer list. Returns false, if member is initialized with the
2563   /// matching form of \c new in this constructor's initializer or given
2564   /// constructor isn't defined at the point where delete-expression is seen, or
2565   /// member isn't initialized by the constructor.
2566   bool hasMatchingNewInCtor(const CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
2567   /// \brief Checks whether member is initialized with matching form of
2568   /// \c new in member initializer list.
2569   bool hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(const CXXCtorInitializer *CI);
2570   /// Checks whether member is initialized with mismatching form of \c new by
2571   /// in-class initializer.
2572   MismatchResult analyzeInClassInitializer();
2573 };
2574 }
2575 
2576 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
2577 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) {
2578   NewExprs.clear();
2579   assert(DE && "Expected delete-expression");
2580   IsArrayForm = DE->isArrayForm();
2581   const Expr *E = DE->getArgument()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
2582   if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<const MemberExpr>(E)) {
2583     return analyzeMemberExpr(ME);
2584   } else if (const DeclRefExpr *D = dyn_cast<const DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
2585     if (!hasMatchingVarInit(D))
2586       return VarInitMismatches;
2587   }
2588   return NoMismatch;
2589 }
2590 
2591 const CXXNewExpr *
2592 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E) {
2593   assert(E != nullptr && "Expected a valid initializer expression");
2594   E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
2595   if (const InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<const InitListExpr>(E)) {
2596     if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1)
2597       E = dyn_cast<const CXXNewExpr>(ILE->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
2598   }
2599 
2600   return dyn_cast_or_null<const CXXNewExpr>(E);
2601 }
2602 
2603 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(
2604     const CXXCtorInitializer *CI) {
2605   const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr;
2606   if (Field == CI->getMember() &&
2607       (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(CI->getInit()))) {
2608     if (NE->isArray() == IsArrayForm)
2609       return true;
2610     else
2611       NewExprs.push_back(NE);
2612   }
2613   return false;
2614 }
2615 
2616 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtor(
2617     const CXXConstructorDecl *CD) {
2618   if (CD->isImplicit())
2619     return false;
2620   const FunctionDecl *Definition = CD;
2621   if (!CD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && !CD->isDefined(Definition)) {
2622     HasUndefinedConstructors = true;
2623     return EndOfTU;
2624   }
2625   for (const auto *CI : cast<const CXXConstructorDecl>(Definition)->inits()) {
2626     if (hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(CI))
2627       return true;
2628   }
2629   return false;
2630 }
2631 
2632 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
2633 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeInClassInitializer() {
2634   assert(Field != nullptr && "This should be called only for members");
2635   const Expr *InitExpr = Field->getInClassInitializer();
2636   if (!InitExpr)
2637     return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater;
2638   if (const CXXNewExpr *NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(InitExpr)) {
2639     if (NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) {
2640       NewExprs.push_back(NE);
2641       return MemberInitMismatches;
2642     }
2643   }
2644   return NoMismatch;
2645 }
2646 
2647 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
2648 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field,
2649                                            bool DeleteWasArrayForm) {
2650   assert(Field != nullptr && "Analysis requires a valid class member.");
2651   this->Field = Field;
2652   IsArrayForm = DeleteWasArrayForm;
2653   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<const CXXRecordDecl>(Field->getParent());
2654   for (const auto *CD : RD->ctors()) {
2655     if (hasMatchingNewInCtor(CD))
2656       return NoMismatch;
2657   }
2658   if (HasUndefinedConstructors)
2659     return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater;
2660   if (!NewExprs.empty())
2661     return MemberInitMismatches;
2662   return Field->hasInClassInitializer() ? analyzeInClassInitializer()
2663                                         : NoMismatch;
2664 }
2665 
2666 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
2667 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME) {
2668   assert(ME != nullptr && "Expected a member expression");
2669   if (FieldDecl *F = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
2670     return analyzeField(F, IsArrayForm);
2671   return NoMismatch;
2672 }
2673 
2674 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D) {
2675   const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr;
2676   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<const VarDecl>(D->getDecl())) {
2677     if (VD->hasInit() && (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(VD->getInit())) &&
2678         NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) {
2679       NewExprs.push_back(NE);
2680     }
2681   }
2682   return NewExprs.empty();
2683 }
2684 
2685 static void
2686 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation DeleteLoc,
2687                             const MismatchingNewDeleteDetector &Detector) {
2688   SourceLocation EndOfDelete = SemaRef.getLocForEndOfToken(DeleteLoc);
2689   FixItHint H;
2690   if (!Detector.IsArrayForm)
2691     H = FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndOfDelete, "[]");
2692   else {
2693     SourceLocation RSquare = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(
2694         DeleteLoc, tok::l_square, SemaRef.getSourceManager(),
2695         SemaRef.getLangOpts(), true);
2696     if (RSquare.isValid())
2697       H = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SourceRange(EndOfDelete, RSquare));
2698   }
2699   SemaRef.Diag(DeleteLoc, diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new)
2700       << Detector.IsArrayForm << H;
2701 
2702   for (const auto *NE : Detector.NewExprs)
2703     SemaRef.Diag(NE->getExprLoc(), diag::note_allocated_here)
2704         << Detector.IsArrayForm;
2705 }
2706 
2707 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) {
2708   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new, SourceLocation()))
2709     return;
2710   MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/false);
2711   switch (Detector.analyzeDeleteExpr(DE)) {
2712   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches:
2713   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches: {
2714     DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DE->getLocStart(), Detector);
2715     break;
2716   }
2717   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater: {
2718     DeleteExprs[Detector.Field].push_back(
2719         std::make_pair(DE->getLocStart(), DE->isArrayForm()));
2720     break;
2721   }
2722   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch:
2723     break;
2724   }
2725 }
2726 
2727 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc,
2728                                      bool DeleteWasArrayForm) {
2729   MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/true);
2730   switch (Detector.analyzeField(Field, DeleteWasArrayForm)) {
2731   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches:
2732     llvm_unreachable("This analysis should have been done for class members.");
2733   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater:
2734     llvm_unreachable("Analysis cannot be postponed any point beyond end of "
2735                      "translation unit.");
2736   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches:
2737     DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DeleteLoc, Detector);
2738     break;
2739   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch:
2740     break;
2741   }
2742 }
2743 
2744 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression (C++ 5.3.5), as in:
2745 /// @code ::delete ptr; @endcode
2746 /// or
2747 /// @code delete [] ptr; @endcode
2748 ExprResult
2749 Sema::ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
2750                      bool ArrayForm, Expr *ExE) {
2751   // C++ [expr.delete]p1:
2752   //   The operand shall have a pointer type, or a class type having a single
2753   //   non-explicit conversion function to a pointer type. The result has type
2754   //   void.
2755   //
2756   // DR599 amends "pointer type" to "pointer to object type" in both cases.
2757 
2758   ExprResult Ex = ExE;
2759   FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr;
2760   bool ArrayFormAsWritten = ArrayForm;
2761   bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false;
2762 
2763   if (!Ex.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
2764     // Perform lvalue-to-rvalue cast, if needed.
2765     Ex = DefaultLvalueConversion(Ex.get());
2766     if (Ex.isInvalid())
2767       return ExprError();
2768 
2769     QualType Type = Ex.get()->getType();
2770 
2771     class DeleteConverter : public ContextualImplicitConverter {
2772     public:
2773       DeleteConverter() : ContextualImplicitConverter(false, true) {}
2774 
2775       bool match(QualType ConvType) override {
2776         // FIXME: If we have an operator T* and an operator void*, we must pick
2777         // the operator T*.
2778         if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
2779           if (ConvPtrType->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
2780             return true;
2781         return false;
2782       }
2783 
2784       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
2785                                             QualType T) override {
2786         return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_operand) << T;
2787       }
2788 
2789       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
2790                                                QualType T) override {
2791         return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_incomplete_class_type) << T;
2792       }
2793 
2794       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
2795                                                  QualType T,
2796                                                  QualType ConvTy) override {
2797         return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy;
2798       }
2799 
2800       SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
2801                                              QualType ConvTy) override {
2802         return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion)
2803           << ConvTy;
2804       }
2805 
2806       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
2807                                               QualType T) override {
2808         return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ambiguous_delete_operand) << T;
2809       }
2810 
2811       SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
2812                                           QualType ConvTy) override {
2813         return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion)
2814           << ConvTy;
2815       }
2816 
2817       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
2818                                                QualType T,
2819                                                QualType ConvTy) override {
2820         llvm_unreachable("conversion functions are permitted");
2821       }
2822     } Converter;
2823 
2824     Ex = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, Ex.get(), Converter);
2825     if (Ex.isInvalid())
2826       return ExprError();
2827     Type = Ex.get()->getType();
2828     if (!Converter.match(Type))
2829       // FIXME: PerformContextualImplicitConversion should return ExprError
2830       //        itself in this case.
2831       return ExprError();
2832 
2833     QualType Pointee = Type->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2834     QualType PointeeElem = Context.getBaseElementType(Pointee);
2835 
2836     if (unsigned AddressSpace = Pointee.getAddressSpace())
2837       return Diag(Ex.get()->getLocStart(),
2838                   diag::err_address_space_qualified_delete)
2839                << Pointee.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace;
2840 
2841     CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = nullptr;
2842     if (Pointee->isVoidType() && !isSFINAEContext()) {
2843       // The C++ standard bans deleting a pointer to a non-object type, which
2844       // effectively bans deletion of "void*". However, most compilers support
2845       // this, so we treat it as a warning unless we're in a SFINAE context.
2846       Diag(StartLoc, diag::ext_delete_void_ptr_operand)
2847         << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange();
2848     } else if (Pointee->isFunctionType() || Pointee->isVoidType()) {
2849       return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_delete_operand)
2850         << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange());
2851     } else if (!Pointee->isDependentType()) {
2852       // FIXME: This can result in errors if the definition was imported from a
2853       // module but is hidden.
2854       if (!RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee,
2855                                diag::warn_delete_incomplete, Ex.get())) {
2856         if (const RecordType *RT = PointeeElem->getAs<RecordType>())
2857           PointeeRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
2858       }
2859     }
2860 
2861     if (Pointee->isArrayType() && !ArrayForm) {
2862       Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_array_type)
2863           << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange()
2864           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(getLocForEndOfToken(StartLoc), "[]");
2865       ArrayForm = true;
2866     }
2867 
2868     DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
2869                                       ArrayForm ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete);
2870 
2871     if (PointeeRD) {
2872       if (!UseGlobal &&
2873           FindDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, PointeeRD, DeleteName,
2874                                    OperatorDelete))
2875         return ExprError();
2876 
2877       // If we're allocating an array of records, check whether the
2878       // usual operator delete[] has a size_t parameter.
2879       if (ArrayForm) {
2880         // If the user specifically asked to use the global allocator,
2881         // we'll need to do the lookup into the class.
2882         if (UseGlobal)
2883           UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize =
2884             doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, PointeeElem);
2885 
2886         // Otherwise, the usual operator delete[] should be the
2887         // function we just found.
2888         else if (OperatorDelete && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(OperatorDelete))
2889           UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = (OperatorDelete->getNumParams() == 2);
2890       }
2891 
2892       if (!PointeeRD->hasIrrelevantDestructor())
2893         if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) {
2894           MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc,
2895                                     const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(Dtor));
2896           if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Dtor, StartLoc))
2897             return ExprError();
2898         }
2899 
2900       CheckVirtualDtorCall(PointeeRD->getDestructor(), StartLoc,
2901                            /*IsDelete=*/true, /*CallCanBeVirtual=*/true,
2902                            /*WarnOnNonAbstractTypes=*/!ArrayForm,
2903                            SourceLocation());
2904     }
2905 
2906     if (!OperatorDelete)
2907       // Look for a global declaration.
2908       OperatorDelete = FindUsualDeallocationFunction(
2909           StartLoc, isCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee) &&
2910                     (!ArrayForm || UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize ||
2911                      Pointee.isDestructedType()),
2912           DeleteName);
2913 
2914     MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete);
2915 
2916     // Check access and ambiguity of operator delete and destructor.
2917     if (PointeeRD) {
2918       if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) {
2919           CheckDestructorAccess(Ex.get()->getExprLoc(), Dtor,
2920                       PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) << PointeeElem);
2921       }
2922     }
2923   }
2924 
2925   CXXDeleteExpr *Result = new (Context) CXXDeleteExpr(
2926       Context.VoidTy, UseGlobal, ArrayForm, ArrayFormAsWritten,
2927       UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, OperatorDelete, Ex.get(), StartLoc);
2928   AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(Result);
2929   return Result;
2930 }
2931 
2932 void Sema::CheckVirtualDtorCall(CXXDestructorDecl *dtor, SourceLocation Loc,
2933                                 bool IsDelete, bool CallCanBeVirtual,
2934                                 bool WarnOnNonAbstractTypes,
2935                                 SourceLocation DtorLoc) {
2936   if (!dtor || dtor->isVirtual() || !CallCanBeVirtual)
2937     return;
2938 
2939   // C++ [expr.delete]p3:
2940   //   In the first alternative (delete object), if the static type of the
2941   //   object to be deleted is different from its dynamic type, the static
2942   //   type shall be a base class of the dynamic type of the object to be
2943   //   deleted and the static type shall have a virtual destructor or the
2944   //   behavior is undefined.
2945   //
2946   const CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = dtor->getParent();
2947   // Note: a final class cannot be derived from, no issue there
2948   if (!PointeeRD->isPolymorphic() || PointeeRD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>())
2949     return;
2950 
2951   QualType ClassType = dtor->getThisType(Context)->getPointeeType();
2952   if (PointeeRD->isAbstract()) {
2953     // If the class is abstract, we warn by default, because we're
2954     // sure the code has undefined behavior.
2955     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_abstract_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1)
2956                                                            << ClassType;
2957   } else if (WarnOnNonAbstractTypes) {
2958     // Otherwise, if this is not an array delete, it's a bit suspect,
2959     // but not necessarily wrong.
2960     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1)
2961                                                   << ClassType;
2962   }
2963   if (!IsDelete) {
2964     std::string TypeStr;
2965     ClassType.getAsStringInternal(TypeStr, getPrintingPolicy());
2966     Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_delete_non_virtual)
2967         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DtorLoc, TypeStr + "::");
2968   }
2969 }
2970 
2971 /// \brief Check the use of the given variable as a C++ condition in an if,
2972 /// while, do-while, or switch statement.
2973 ExprResult Sema::CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
2974                                         SourceLocation StmtLoc,
2975                                         bool ConvertToBoolean) {
2976   if (ConditionVar->isInvalidDecl())
2977     return ExprError();
2978 
2979   QualType T = ConditionVar->getType();
2980 
2981   // C++ [stmt.select]p2:
2982   //   The declarator shall not specify a function or an array.
2983   if (T->isFunctionType())
2984     return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(),
2985                           diag::err_invalid_use_of_function_type)
2986                        << ConditionVar->getSourceRange());
2987   else if (T->isArrayType())
2988     return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(),
2989                           diag::err_invalid_use_of_array_type)
2990                      << ConditionVar->getSourceRange());
2991 
2992   ExprResult Condition = DeclRefExpr::Create(
2993       Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), SourceLocation(), ConditionVar,
2994       /*enclosing*/ false, ConditionVar->getLocation(),
2995       ConditionVar->getType().getNonReferenceType(), VK_LValue);
2996 
2997   MarkDeclRefReferenced(cast<DeclRefExpr>(Condition.get()));
2998 
2999   if (ConvertToBoolean) {
3000     Condition = CheckBooleanCondition(Condition.get(), StmtLoc);
3001     if (Condition.isInvalid())
3002       return ExprError();
3003   }
3004 
3005   return Condition;
3006 }
3007 
3008 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if a conversion to bool is invalid.
3009 ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr) {
3010   // C++ 6.4p4:
3011   // The value of a condition that is an initialized declaration in a statement
3012   // other than a switch statement is the value of the declared variable
3013   // implicitly converted to type bool. If that conversion is ill-formed, the
3014   // program is ill-formed.
3015   // The value of a condition that is an expression is the value of the
3016   // expression, implicitly converted to bool.
3017   //
3018   return PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(CondExpr);
3019 }
3020 
3021 /// Helper function to determine whether this is the (deprecated) C++
3022 /// conversion from a string literal to a pointer to non-const char or
3023 /// non-const wchar_t (for narrow and wide string literals,
3024 /// respectively).
3025 bool
3026 Sema::IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) {
3027   // Look inside the implicit cast, if it exists.
3028   if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(From))
3029     From = Cast->getSubExpr();
3030 
3031   // A string literal (2.13.4) that is not a wide string literal can
3032   // be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to char"; a wide
3033   // string literal can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer
3034   // to wchar_t" (C++ 4.2p2).
3035   if (StringLiteral *StrLit = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(From->IgnoreParens()))
3036     if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
3037       if (const BuiltinType *ToPointeeType
3038           = ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
3039         // This conversion is considered only when there is an
3040         // explicit appropriate pointer target type (C++ 4.2p2).
3041         if (!ToPtrType->getPointeeType().hasQualifiers()) {
3042           switch (StrLit->getKind()) {
3043             case StringLiteral::UTF8:
3044             case StringLiteral::UTF16:
3045             case StringLiteral::UTF32:
3046               // We don't allow UTF literals to be implicitly converted
3047               break;
3048             case StringLiteral::Ascii:
3049               return (ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_U ||
3050                       ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_S);
3051             case StringLiteral::Wide:
3052               return ToPointeeType->isWideCharType();
3053           }
3054         }
3055       }
3056 
3057   return false;
3058 }
3059 
3060 static ExprResult BuildCXXCastArgument(Sema &S,
3061                                        SourceLocation CastLoc,
3062                                        QualType Ty,
3063                                        CastKind Kind,
3064                                        CXXMethodDecl *Method,
3065                                        DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
3066                                        bool HadMultipleCandidates,
3067                                        Expr *From) {
3068   switch (Kind) {
3069   default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cast kind!");
3070   case CK_ConstructorConversion: {
3071     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method);
3072     SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs;
3073 
3074     if (S.RequireNonAbstractType(CastLoc, Ty,
3075                                  diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
3076       return ExprError();
3077 
3078     if (S.CompleteConstructorCall(Constructor, From, CastLoc, ConstructorArgs))
3079       return ExprError();
3080 
3081     S.CheckConstructorAccess(CastLoc, Constructor,
3082                              InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Ty),
3083                              Constructor->getAccess());
3084     if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc))
3085       return ExprError();
3086 
3087     ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXConstructExpr(
3088         CastLoc, Ty, cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method),
3089         ConstructorArgs, HadMultipleCandidates,
3090         /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
3091         CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
3092     if (Result.isInvalid())
3093       return ExprError();
3094 
3095     return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.getAs<Expr>());
3096   }
3097 
3098   case CK_UserDefinedConversion: {
3099     assert(!From->getType()->isPointerType() && "Arg can't have pointer type!");
3100 
3101     S.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(CastLoc, From, /*arg*/ nullptr, FoundDecl);
3102     if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc))
3103       return ExprError();
3104 
3105     // Create an implicit call expr that calls it.
3106     CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Method);
3107     ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, FoundDecl, Conv,
3108                                                  HadMultipleCandidates);
3109     if (Result.isInvalid())
3110       return ExprError();
3111     // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast.
3112     Result = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(S.Context, Result.get()->getType(),
3113                                       CK_UserDefinedConversion, Result.get(),
3114                                       nullptr, Result.get()->getValueKind());
3115 
3116     return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.get());
3117   }
3118   }
3119 }
3120 
3121 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
3122 /// expression From to the type ToType using the pre-computed implicit
3123 /// conversion sequence ICS. Returns the converted
3124 /// expression. Action is the kind of conversion we're performing,
3125 /// used in the error message.
3126 ExprResult
3127 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
3128                                 const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS,
3129                                 AssignmentAction Action,
3130                                 CheckedConversionKind CCK) {
3131   switch (ICS.getKind()) {
3132   case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: {
3133     ExprResult Res = PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.Standard,
3134                                                Action, CCK);
3135     if (Res.isInvalid())
3136       return ExprError();
3137     From = Res.get();
3138     break;
3139   }
3140 
3141   case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: {
3142 
3143       FunctionDecl *FD = ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction;
3144       CastKind CastKind;
3145       QualType BeforeToType;
3146       assert(FD && "no conversion function for user-defined conversion seq");
3147       if (const CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(FD)) {
3148         CastKind = CK_UserDefinedConversion;
3149 
3150         // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a conversion function,
3151         // the initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to
3152         // the implicit object parameter of the conversion function.
3153         BeforeToType = Context.getTagDeclType(Conv->getParent());
3154       } else {
3155         const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD);
3156         CastKind = CK_ConstructorConversion;
3157         // Do no conversion if dealing with ... for the first conversion.
3158         if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) {
3159           // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a constructor, the
3160           // initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to
3161           // the type required by the argument of the constructor
3162           BeforeToType = Ctor->getParamDecl(0)->getType().getNonReferenceType();
3163         }
3164       }
3165       // Watch out for ellipsis conversion.
3166       if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) {
3167         ExprResult Res =
3168           PerformImplicitConversion(From, BeforeToType,
3169                                     ICS.UserDefined.Before, AA_Converting,
3170                                     CCK);
3171         if (Res.isInvalid())
3172           return ExprError();
3173         From = Res.get();
3174       }
3175 
3176       ExprResult CastArg
3177         = BuildCXXCastArgument(*this,
3178                                From->getLocStart(),
3179                                ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
3180                                CastKind, cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD),
3181                                ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction,
3182                                ICS.UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates,
3183                                From);
3184 
3185       if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3186         return ExprError();
3187 
3188       From = CastArg.get();
3189 
3190       return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined.After,
3191                                        AA_Converting, CCK);
3192   }
3193 
3194   case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion:
3195     ICS.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, From->getExprLoc(),
3196                           PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition)
3197                             << From->getSourceRange());
3198      return ExprError();
3199 
3200   case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion:
3201     llvm_unreachable("Cannot perform an ellipsis conversion");
3202 
3203   case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion:
3204     return ExprError();
3205   }
3206 
3207   // Everything went well.
3208   return From;
3209 }
3210 
3211 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
3212 /// expression From to the type ToType by following the standard
3213 /// conversion sequence SCS. Returns the converted
3214 /// expression. Flavor is the context in which we're performing this
3215 /// conversion, for use in error messages.
3216 ExprResult
3217 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
3218                                 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
3219                                 AssignmentAction Action,
3220                                 CheckedConversionKind CCK) {
3221   bool CStyle = (CCK == CCK_CStyleCast || CCK == CCK_FunctionalCast);
3222 
3223   // Overall FIXME: we are recomputing too many types here and doing far too
3224   // much extra work. What this means is that we need to keep track of more
3225   // information that is computed when we try the implicit conversion initially,
3226   // so that we don't need to recompute anything here.
3227   QualType FromType = From->getType();
3228 
3229   if (SCS.CopyConstructor) {
3230     // FIXME: When can ToType be a reference type?
3231     assert(!ToType->isReferenceType());
3232     if (SCS.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
3233       SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs;
3234       if (CompleteConstructorCall(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(SCS.CopyConstructor),
3235                                   From, /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(),
3236                                   ConstructorArgs))
3237         return ExprError();
3238       return BuildCXXConstructExpr(
3239           /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType, SCS.CopyConstructor,
3240           ConstructorArgs, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false,
3241           /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
3242           CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
3243     }
3244     return BuildCXXConstructExpr(
3245         /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType, SCS.CopyConstructor,
3246         From, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false,
3247         /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
3248         CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
3249   }
3250 
3251   // Resolve overloaded function references.
3252   if (Context.hasSameType(FromType, Context.OverloadTy)) {
3253     DeclAccessPair Found;
3254     FunctionDecl *Fn = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType,
3255                                                           true, Found);
3256     if (!Fn)
3257       return ExprError();
3258 
3259     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, From->getLocStart()))
3260       return ExprError();
3261 
3262     From = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, Found, Fn);
3263     FromType = From->getType();
3264   }
3265 
3266   // If we're converting to an atomic type, first convert to the corresponding
3267   // non-atomic type.
3268   QualType ToAtomicType;
3269   if (const AtomicType *ToAtomic = ToType->getAs<AtomicType>()) {
3270     ToAtomicType = ToType;
3271     ToType = ToAtomic->getValueType();
3272   }
3273 
3274   QualType InitialFromType = FromType;
3275   // Perform the first implicit conversion.
3276   switch (SCS.First) {
3277   case ICK_Identity:
3278     if (const AtomicType *FromAtomic = FromType->getAs<AtomicType>()) {
3279       FromType = FromAtomic->getValueType().getUnqualifiedType();
3280       From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, FromType, CK_AtomicToNonAtomic,
3281                                       From, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, VK_RValue);
3282     }
3283     break;
3284 
3285   case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: {
3286     assert(From->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty);
3287     ExprResult FromRes = DefaultLvalueConversion(From);
3288     assert(!FromRes.isInvalid() && "Can't perform deduced conversion?!");
3289     From = FromRes.get();
3290     FromType = From->getType();
3291     break;
3292   }
3293 
3294   case ICK_Array_To_Pointer:
3295     FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
3296     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_ArrayToPointerDecay,
3297                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3298     break;
3299 
3300   case ICK_Function_To_Pointer:
3301     FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
3302     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_FunctionToPointerDecay,
3303                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3304     break;
3305 
3306   default:
3307     llvm_unreachable("Improper first standard conversion");
3308   }
3309 
3310   // Perform the second implicit conversion
3311   switch (SCS.Second) {
3312   case ICK_Identity:
3313     // C++ [except.spec]p5:
3314     //   [For] assignment to and initialization of pointers to functions,
3315     //   pointers to member functions, and references to functions: the
3316     //   target entity shall allow at least the exceptions allowed by the
3317     //   source value in the assignment or initialization.
3318     switch (Action) {
3319     case AA_Assigning:
3320     case AA_Initializing:
3321       // Note, function argument passing and returning are initialization.
3322     case AA_Passing:
3323     case AA_Returning:
3324     case AA_Sending:
3325     case AA_Passing_CFAudited:
3326       if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
3327         return ExprError();
3328       break;
3329 
3330     case AA_Casting:
3331     case AA_Converting:
3332       // Casts and implicit conversions are not initialization, so are not
3333       // checked for exception specification mismatches.
3334       break;
3335     }
3336     // Nothing else to do.
3337     break;
3338 
3339   case ICK_NoReturn_Adjustment:
3340     // If both sides are functions (or pointers/references to them), there could
3341     // be incompatible exception declarations.
3342     if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
3343       return ExprError();
3344 
3345     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp,
3346                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3347     break;
3348 
3349   case ICK_Integral_Promotion:
3350   case ICK_Integral_Conversion:
3351     if (ToType->isBooleanType()) {
3352       assert(FromType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->isFixed() &&
3353              SCS.Second == ICK_Integral_Promotion &&
3354              "only enums with fixed underlying type can promote to bool");
3355       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToBoolean,
3356                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3357     } else {
3358       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralCast,
3359                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3360     }
3361     break;
3362 
3363   case ICK_Floating_Promotion:
3364   case ICK_Floating_Conversion:
3365     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingCast,
3366                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3367     break;
3368 
3369   case ICK_Complex_Promotion:
3370   case ICK_Complex_Conversion: {
3371     QualType FromEl = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
3372     QualType ToEl = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
3373     CastKind CK;
3374     if (FromEl->isRealFloatingType()) {
3375       if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType())
3376         CK = CK_FloatingComplexCast;
3377       else
3378         CK = CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex;
3379     } else if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) {
3380       CK = CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex;
3381     } else {
3382       CK = CK_IntegralComplexCast;
3383     }
3384     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK,
3385                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3386     break;
3387   }
3388 
3389   case ICK_Floating_Integral:
3390     if (ToType->isRealFloatingType())
3391       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToFloating,
3392                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3393     else
3394       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingToIntegral,
3395                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3396     break;
3397 
3398   case ICK_Compatible_Conversion:
3399       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp,
3400                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3401     break;
3402 
3403   case ICK_Writeback_Conversion:
3404   case ICK_Pointer_Conversion: {
3405     if (SCS.IncompatibleObjC && Action != AA_Casting) {
3406       // Diagnose incompatible Objective-C conversions
3407       if (Action == AA_Initializing || Action == AA_Assigning)
3408         Diag(From->getLocStart(),
3409              diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer)
3410           << ToType << From->getType() << Action
3411           << From->getSourceRange() << 0;
3412       else
3413         Diag(From->getLocStart(),
3414              diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer)
3415           << From->getType() << ToType << Action
3416           << From->getSourceRange() << 0;
3417 
3418       if (From->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3419           ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
3420         EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(From);
3421     }
3422     else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
3423              !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(ToType,
3424                                                     From->getType())) {
3425       if (Action == AA_Initializing)
3426         Diag(From->getLocStart(),
3427              diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign);
3428       else
3429         Diag(From->getLocStart(),
3430              diag::err_arc_convesion_of_weak_unavailable)
3431           << (Action == AA_Casting) << From->getType() << ToType
3432           << From->getSourceRange();
3433     }
3434 
3435     CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
3436     CXXCastPath BasePath;
3437     if (CheckPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle))
3438       return ExprError();
3439 
3440     // Make sure we extend blocks if necessary.
3441     // FIXME: doing this here is really ugly.
3442     if (Kind == CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast) {
3443       ExprResult E = From;
3444       (void) PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(E);
3445       From = E.get();
3446     }
3447     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
3448       CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange(), ToType, From, CCK);
3449     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK)
3450              .get();
3451     break;
3452   }
3453 
3454   case ICK_Pointer_Member: {
3455     CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
3456     CXXCastPath BasePath;
3457     if (CheckMemberPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle))
3458       return ExprError();
3459     if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
3460       return ExprError();
3461 
3462     // We may not have been able to figure out what this member pointer resolved
3463     // to up until this exact point.  Attempt to lock-in it's inheritance model.
3464     if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
3465       (void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), From->getType());
3466       (void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), ToType);
3467     }
3468 
3469     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK)
3470              .get();
3471     break;
3472   }
3473 
3474   case ICK_Boolean_Conversion:
3475     // Perform half-to-boolean conversion via float.
3476     if (From->getType()->isHalfType()) {
3477       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
3478       FromType = Context.FloatTy;
3479     }
3480 
3481     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.BoolTy,
3482                              ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(FromType),
3483                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3484     break;
3485 
3486   case ICK_Derived_To_Base: {
3487     CXXCastPath BasePath;
3488     if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(From->getType(),
3489                                      ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
3490                                      From->getLocStart(),
3491                                      From->getSourceRange(),
3492                                      &BasePath,
3493                                      CStyle))
3494       return ExprError();
3495 
3496     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
3497                       CK_DerivedToBase, From->getValueKind(),
3498                       &BasePath, CCK).get();
3499     break;
3500   }
3501 
3502   case ICK_Vector_Conversion:
3503     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_BitCast,
3504                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3505     break;
3506 
3507   case ICK_Vector_Splat: {
3508     // Vector splat from any arithmetic type to a vector.
3509     Expr *Elem = prepareVectorSplat(ToType, From).get();
3510     From = ImpCastExprToType(Elem, ToType, CK_VectorSplat, VK_RValue,
3511                              /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3512     break;
3513   }
3514 
3515   case ICK_Complex_Real:
3516     // Case 1.  x -> _Complex y
3517     if (const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3518       QualType ElType = ToComplex->getElementType();
3519       bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType();
3520 
3521       // x -> y
3522       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, From->getType())) {
3523         // do nothing
3524       } else if (From->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) {
3525         From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
3526                 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_FloatingToIntegral).get();
3527       } else {
3528         assert(From->getType()->isIntegerType());
3529         From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
3530                 isFloatingComplex ? CK_IntegralToFloating : CK_IntegralCast).get();
3531       }
3532       // y -> _Complex y
3533       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
3534                    isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingRealToComplex
3535                                      : CK_IntegralRealToComplex).get();
3536 
3537     // Case 2.  _Complex x -> y
3538     } else {
3539       const ComplexType *FromComplex = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>();
3540       assert(FromComplex);
3541 
3542       QualType ElType = FromComplex->getElementType();
3543       bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType();
3544 
3545       // _Complex x -> x
3546       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
3547                    isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingComplexToReal
3548                                      : CK_IntegralComplexToReal,
3549                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3550 
3551       // x -> y
3552       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, ToType)) {
3553         // do nothing
3554       } else if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) {
3555         From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
3556                    isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_IntegralToFloating,
3557                                  VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3558       } else {
3559         assert(ToType->isIntegerType());
3560         From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
3561                    isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingToIntegral : CK_IntegralCast,
3562                                  VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3563       }
3564     }
3565     break;
3566 
3567   case ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion: {
3568     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getUnqualifiedType(), CK_BitCast,
3569                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3570     break;
3571   }
3572 
3573   case ICK_TransparentUnionConversion: {
3574     ExprResult FromRes = From;
3575     Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy =
3576       CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(ToType, FromRes);
3577     if (FromRes.isInvalid())
3578       return ExprError();
3579     From = FromRes.get();
3580     assert ((ConvTy == Sema::Compatible) &&
3581             "Improper transparent union conversion");
3582     (void)ConvTy;
3583     break;
3584   }
3585 
3586   case ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion:
3587     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
3588                              CK_ZeroToOCLEvent,
3589                              From->getValueKind()).get();
3590     break;
3591 
3592   case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue:
3593   case ICK_Array_To_Pointer:
3594   case ICK_Function_To_Pointer:
3595   case ICK_Qualification:
3596   case ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds:
3597   case ICK_C_Only_Conversion:
3598     llvm_unreachable("Improper second standard conversion");
3599   }
3600 
3601   switch (SCS.Third) {
3602   case ICK_Identity:
3603     // Nothing to do.
3604     break;
3605 
3606   case ICK_Qualification: {
3607     // The qualification keeps the category of the inner expression, unless the
3608     // target type isn't a reference.
3609     ExprValueKind VK = ToType->isReferenceType() ?
3610                                   From->getValueKind() : VK_RValue;
3611     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonLValueExprType(Context),
3612                              CK_NoOp, VK, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3613 
3614     if (SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr &&
3615         !getLangOpts().WritableStrings) {
3616       Diag(From->getLocStart(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
3617            ? diag::ext_deprecated_string_literal_conversion
3618            : diag::warn_deprecated_string_literal_conversion)
3619         << ToType.getNonReferenceType();
3620     }
3621 
3622     break;
3623   }
3624 
3625   default:
3626     llvm_unreachable("Improper third standard conversion");
3627   }
3628 
3629   // If this conversion sequence involved a scalar -> atomic conversion, perform
3630   // that conversion now.
3631   if (!ToAtomicType.isNull()) {
3632     assert(Context.hasSameType(
3633         ToAtomicType->castAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(), From->getType()));
3634     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToAtomicType, CK_NonAtomicToAtomic,
3635                              VK_RValue, nullptr, CCK).get();
3636   }
3637 
3638   // If this conversion sequence succeeded and involved implicitly converting a
3639   // _Nullable type to a _Nonnull one, complain.
3640   if (CCK == CCK_ImplicitConversion)
3641     diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(ToType, InitialFromType,
3642                                         From->getLocStart());
3643 
3644   return From;
3645 }
3646 
3647 /// \brief Check the completeness of a type in a unary type trait.
3648 ///
3649 /// If the particular type trait requires a complete type, tries to complete
3650 /// it. If completing the type fails, a diagnostic is emitted and false
3651 /// returned. If completing the type succeeds or no completion was required,
3652 /// returns true.
3653 static bool CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(Sema &S, TypeTrait UTT,
3654                                                 SourceLocation Loc,
3655                                                 QualType ArgTy) {
3656   // C++0x [meta.unary.prop]p3:
3657   //   For all of the class templates X declared in this Clause, instantiating
3658   //   that template with a template argument that is a class template
3659   //   specialization may result in the implicit instantiation of the template
3660   //   argument if and only if the semantics of X require that the argument
3661   //   must be a complete type.
3662   // We apply this rule to all the type trait expressions used to implement
3663   // these class templates. We also try to follow any GCC documented behavior
3664   // in these expressions to ensure portability of standard libraries.
3665   switch (UTT) {
3666   default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT");
3667     // is_complete_type somewhat obviously cannot require a complete type.
3668   case UTT_IsCompleteType:
3669     // Fall-through
3670 
3671     // These traits are modeled on the type predicates in C++0x
3672     // [meta.unary.cat] and [meta.unary.comp]. They are not specified as
3673     // requiring a complete type, as whether or not they return true cannot be
3674     // impacted by the completeness of the type.
3675   case UTT_IsVoid:
3676   case UTT_IsIntegral:
3677   case UTT_IsFloatingPoint:
3678   case UTT_IsArray:
3679   case UTT_IsPointer:
3680   case UTT_IsLvalueReference:
3681   case UTT_IsRvalueReference:
3682   case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer:
3683   case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer:
3684   case UTT_IsEnum:
3685   case UTT_IsUnion:
3686   case UTT_IsClass:
3687   case UTT_IsFunction:
3688   case UTT_IsReference:
3689   case UTT_IsArithmetic:
3690   case UTT_IsFundamental:
3691   case UTT_IsObject:
3692   case UTT_IsScalar:
3693   case UTT_IsCompound:
3694   case UTT_IsMemberPointer:
3695     // Fall-through
3696 
3697     // These traits are modeled on type predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.prop]
3698     // which requires some of its traits to have the complete type. However,
3699     // the completeness of the type cannot impact these traits' semantics, and
3700     // so they don't require it. This matches the comments on these traits in
3701     // Table 49.
3702   case UTT_IsConst:
3703   case UTT_IsVolatile:
3704   case UTT_IsSigned:
3705   case UTT_IsUnsigned:
3706 
3707   // This type trait always returns false, checking the type is moot.
3708   case UTT_IsInterfaceClass:
3709     return true;
3710 
3711   // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
3712   //   If T is a non-union class type, T shall be a complete type.
3713   case UTT_IsEmpty:
3714   case UTT_IsPolymorphic:
3715   case UTT_IsAbstract:
3716     if (const auto *RD = ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3717       if (!RD->isUnion())
3718         return !S.RequireCompleteType(
3719             Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
3720     return true;
3721 
3722   // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
3723   //   If T is a class type, T shall be a complete type.
3724   case UTT_IsFinal:
3725   case UTT_IsSealed:
3726     if (ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3727       return !S.RequireCompleteType(
3728           Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
3729     return true;
3730 
3731   // C++0x [meta.unary.prop] Table 49 requires the following traits to be
3732   // applied to a complete type.
3733   case UTT_IsTrivial:
3734   case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable:
3735   case UTT_IsStandardLayout:
3736   case UTT_IsPOD:
3737   case UTT_IsLiteral:
3738 
3739   case UTT_IsDestructible:
3740   case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible:
3741     // Fall-through
3742 
3743     // These trait expressions are designed to help implement predicates in
3744     // [meta.unary.prop] despite not being named the same. They are specified
3745     // by both GCC and the Embarcadero C++ compiler, and require the complete
3746     // type due to the overarching C++0x type predicates being implemented
3747     // requiring the complete type.
3748   case UTT_HasNothrowAssign:
3749   case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign:
3750   case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor:
3751   case UTT_HasNothrowCopy:
3752   case UTT_HasTrivialAssign:
3753   case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign:
3754   case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor:
3755   case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor:
3756   case UTT_HasTrivialCopy:
3757   case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor:
3758   case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor:
3759     // Arrays of unknown bound are expressly allowed.
3760     QualType ElTy = ArgTy;
3761     if (ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType())
3762       ElTy = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ArgTy)->getElementType();
3763 
3764     // The void type is expressly allowed.
3765     if (ElTy->isVoidType())
3766       return true;
3767 
3768     return !S.RequireCompleteType(
3769       Loc, ElTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
3770   }
3771 }
3772 
3773 static bool HasNoThrowOperator(const RecordType *RT, OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
3774                                Sema &Self, SourceLocation KeyLoc, ASTContext &C,
3775                                bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasTrivial)() const,
3776                                bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasNonTrivial)() const,
3777                                bool (CXXMethodDecl::*IsDesiredOp)() const)
3778 {
3779   CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
3780   if ((RD->*HasTrivial)() && !(RD->*HasNonTrivial)())
3781     return true;
3782 
3783   DeclarationName Name = C.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
3784   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, KeyLoc);
3785   LookupResult Res(Self, NameInfo, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
3786   if (Self.LookupQualifiedName(Res, RD)) {
3787     bool FoundOperator = false;
3788     Res.suppressDiagnostics();
3789     for (LookupResult::iterator Op = Res.begin(), OpEnd = Res.end();
3790          Op != OpEnd; ++Op) {
3791       if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Op))
3792         continue;
3793 
3794       CXXMethodDecl *Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Op);
3795       if((Operator->*IsDesiredOp)()) {
3796         FoundOperator = true;
3797         const FunctionProtoType *CPT =
3798           Operator->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3799         CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
3800         if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C))
3801           return false;
3802       }
3803     }
3804     return FoundOperator;
3805   }
3806   return false;
3807 }
3808 
3809 static bool EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait UTT,
3810                                    SourceLocation KeyLoc, QualType T) {
3811   assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type");
3812 
3813   ASTContext &C = Self.Context;
3814   switch(UTT) {
3815   default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT");
3816     // Type trait expressions corresponding to the primary type category
3817     // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.cat].
3818   case UTT_IsVoid:
3819     return T->isVoidType();
3820   case UTT_IsIntegral:
3821     return T->isIntegralType(C);
3822   case UTT_IsFloatingPoint:
3823     return T->isFloatingType();
3824   case UTT_IsArray:
3825     return T->isArrayType();
3826   case UTT_IsPointer:
3827     return T->isPointerType();
3828   case UTT_IsLvalueReference:
3829     return T->isLValueReferenceType();
3830   case UTT_IsRvalueReference:
3831     return T->isRValueReferenceType();
3832   case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer:
3833     return T->isMemberFunctionPointerType();
3834   case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer:
3835     return T->isMemberDataPointerType();
3836   case UTT_IsEnum:
3837     return T->isEnumeralType();
3838   case UTT_IsUnion:
3839     return T->isUnionType();
3840   case UTT_IsClass:
3841     return T->isClassType() || T->isStructureType() || T->isInterfaceType();
3842   case UTT_IsFunction:
3843     return T->isFunctionType();
3844 
3845     // Type trait expressions which correspond to the convenient composition
3846     // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.comp].
3847   case UTT_IsReference:
3848     return T->isReferenceType();
3849   case UTT_IsArithmetic:
3850     return T->isArithmeticType() && !T->isEnumeralType();
3851   case UTT_IsFundamental:
3852     return T->isFundamentalType();
3853   case UTT_IsObject:
3854     return T->isObjectType();
3855   case UTT_IsScalar:
3856     // Note: semantic analysis depends on Objective-C lifetime types to be
3857     // considered scalar types. However, such types do not actually behave
3858     // like scalar types at run time (since they may require retain/release
3859     // operations), so we report them as non-scalar.
3860     if (T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
3861       switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) {
3862       case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
3863       case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
3864         return true;
3865 
3866       case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
3867       case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
3868       case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
3869         return false;
3870       }
3871     }
3872 
3873     return T->isScalarType();
3874   case UTT_IsCompound:
3875     return T->isCompoundType();
3876   case UTT_IsMemberPointer:
3877     return T->isMemberPointerType();
3878 
3879     // Type trait expressions which correspond to the type property predicates
3880     // in C++0x [meta.unary.prop].
3881   case UTT_IsConst:
3882     return T.isConstQualified();
3883   case UTT_IsVolatile:
3884     return T.isVolatileQualified();
3885   case UTT_IsTrivial:
3886     return T.isTrivialType(C);
3887   case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable:
3888     return T.isTriviallyCopyableType(C);
3889   case UTT_IsStandardLayout:
3890     return T->isStandardLayoutType();
3891   case UTT_IsPOD:
3892     return T.isPODType(C);
3893   case UTT_IsLiteral:
3894     return T->isLiteralType(C);
3895   case UTT_IsEmpty:
3896     if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3897       return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isEmpty();
3898     return false;
3899   case UTT_IsPolymorphic:
3900     if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3901       return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isPolymorphic();
3902     return false;
3903   case UTT_IsAbstract:
3904     if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3905       return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isAbstract();
3906     return false;
3907   // __is_interface_class only returns true when CL is invoked in /CLR mode and
3908   // even then only when it is used with the 'interface struct ...' syntax
3909   // Clang doesn't support /CLR which makes this type trait moot.
3910   case UTT_IsInterfaceClass:
3911     return false;
3912   case UTT_IsFinal:
3913   case UTT_IsSealed:
3914     if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3915       return RD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>();
3916     return false;
3917   case UTT_IsSigned:
3918     return T->isSignedIntegerType();
3919   case UTT_IsUnsigned:
3920     return T->isUnsignedIntegerType();
3921 
3922     // Type trait expressions which query classes regarding their construction,
3923     // destruction, and copying. Rather than being based directly on the
3924     // related type predicates in the standard, they are specified by both
3925     // GCC[1] and the Embarcadero C++ compiler[2], and Clang implements those
3926     // specifications.
3927     //
3928     //   1: http://gcc.gnu/.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
3929     //   2: http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index
3930     //
3931     // Note that these builtins do not behave as documented in g++: if a class
3932     // has both a trivial and a non-trivial special member of a particular kind,
3933     // they return false! For now, we emulate this behavior.
3934     // FIXME: This appears to be a g++ bug: more complex cases reveal that it
3935     // does not correctly compute triviality in the presence of multiple special
3936     // members of the same kind. Revisit this once the g++ bug is fixed.
3937   case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor:
3938     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
3939     //   If __is_pod (type) is true then the trait is true, else if type is
3940     //   a cv class or union type (or array thereof) with a trivial default
3941     //   constructor ([class.ctor]) then the trait is true, else it is false.
3942     if (T.isPODType(C))
3943       return true;
3944     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3945       return RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() &&
3946              !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor();
3947     return false;
3948   case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor:
3949     //  This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
3950     //  standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic
3951     //  behind std::is_trivially_move_constructible (20.9.4.3).
3952     if (T.isPODType(C))
3953       return true;
3954     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3955       return RD->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor();
3956     return false;
3957   case UTT_HasTrivialCopy:
3958     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
3959     //   If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type then
3960     //   the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type
3961     //   with a trivial copy constructor ([class.copy]) then the trait
3962     //   is true, else it is false.
3963     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType())
3964       return true;
3965     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3966       return RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
3967              !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor();
3968     return false;
3969   case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign:
3970     //  This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
3971     //  standard library headers. Specifically it is used as the logic
3972     //  behind std::is_trivially_move_assignable (20.9.4.3)
3973     if (T.isPODType(C))
3974       return true;
3975     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3976       return RD->hasTrivialMoveAssignment() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment();
3977     return false;
3978   case UTT_HasTrivialAssign:
3979     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
3980     //   If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the
3981     //   trait is false. Otherwise if __is_pod (type) is true then the
3982     //   trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type with
3983     //   a trivial copy assignment ([class.copy]) then the trait is
3984     //   true, else it is false.
3985     // Note: the const and reference restrictions are interesting,
3986     // given that const and reference members don't prevent a class
3987     // from having a trivial copy assignment operator (but do cause
3988     // errors if the copy assignment operator is actually used, q.v.
3989     // [class.copy]p12).
3990 
3991     if (T.isConstQualified())
3992       return false;
3993     if (T.isPODType(C))
3994       return true;
3995     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3996       return RD->hasTrivialCopyAssignment() &&
3997              !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment();
3998     return false;
3999   case UTT_IsDestructible:
4000   case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible:
4001     // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
4002     //   For reference types, is_destructible<T>::value is true.
4003     if (T->isReferenceType())
4004       return true;
4005 
4006     // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction.
4007     if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() &&
4008         T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing)
4009       return true;
4010 
4011     // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
4012     //   For incomplete types and function types, is_destructible<T>::value is
4013     //   false.
4014     if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType())
4015       return false;
4016 
4017     // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
4018     //   For object types and given U equal to remove_all_extents_t<T>, if the
4019     //   expression std::declval<U&>().~U() is well-formed when treated as an
4020     //   unevaluated operand (Clause 5), then is_destructible<T>::value is true
4021     if (auto *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
4022       CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD);
4023       if (!Destructor)
4024         return false;
4025       //  C++14 [dcl.fct.def.delete]p2:
4026       //    A program that refers to a deleted function implicitly or
4027       //    explicitly, other than to declare it, is ill-formed.
4028       if (Destructor->isDeleted())
4029         return false;
4030       if (C.getLangOpts().AccessControl && Destructor->getAccess() != AS_public)
4031         return false;
4032       if (UTT == UTT_IsNothrowDestructible) {
4033         const FunctionProtoType *CPT =
4034             Destructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4035         CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
4036         if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C))
4037           return false;
4038       }
4039     }
4040     return true;
4041 
4042   case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor:
4043     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
4044     //   If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type
4045     //   then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union
4046     //   type (or array thereof) with a trivial destructor
4047     //   ([class.dtor]) then the trait is true, else it is
4048     //   false.
4049     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType())
4050       return true;
4051 
4052     // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction.
4053     if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() &&
4054         T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing)
4055       return true;
4056 
4057     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4058       return RD->hasTrivialDestructor();
4059     return false;
4060   // TODO: Propagate nothrowness for implicitly declared special members.
4061   case UTT_HasNothrowAssign:
4062     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
4063     //   If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the
4064     //   trait is false. Otherwise if __has_trivial_assign (type)
4065     //   is true then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class
4066     //   or union type with copy assignment operators that are known
4067     //   not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is
4068     //   false.
4069     if (C.getBaseElementType(T).isConstQualified())
4070       return false;
4071     if (T->isReferenceType())
4072       return false;
4073     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
4074       return true;
4075 
4076     if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>())
4077       return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C,
4078                                 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment,
4079                                 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment,
4080                                 &CXXMethodDecl::isCopyAssignmentOperator);
4081     return false;
4082   case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign:
4083     //  This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
4084     //  standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic
4085     //  behind std::is_nothrow_move_assignable (20.9.4.3).
4086     if (T.isPODType(C))
4087       return true;
4088 
4089     if (const RecordType *RT = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>())
4090       return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C,
4091                                 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialMoveAssignment,
4092                                 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment,
4093                                 &CXXMethodDecl::isMoveAssignmentOperator);
4094     return false;
4095   case UTT_HasNothrowCopy:
4096     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
4097     //   If __has_trivial_copy (type) is true then the trait is true, else
4098     //   if type is a cv class or union type with copy constructors that are
4099     //   known not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is
4100     //   false.
4101     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType() || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
4102       return true;
4103     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
4104       if (RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
4105           !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
4106         return true;
4107 
4108       bool FoundConstructor = false;
4109       unsigned FoundTQs;
4110       for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) {
4111         // A template constructor is never a copy constructor.
4112         // FIXME: However, it may actually be selected at the actual overload
4113         // resolution point.
4114         if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
4115           continue;
4116         const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND);
4117         if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor(FoundTQs)) {
4118           FoundConstructor = true;
4119           const FunctionProtoType *CPT
4120               = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4121           CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
4122           if (!CPT)
4123             return false;
4124           // TODO: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw.
4125           // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw.
4126           if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 1)
4127             return false;
4128         }
4129       }
4130 
4131       return FoundConstructor;
4132     }
4133     return false;
4134   case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor:
4135     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
4136     //   If __has_trivial_constructor (type) is true then the trait is
4137     //   true, else if type is a cv class or union type (or array
4138     //   thereof) with a default constructor that is known not to
4139     //   throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is false.
4140     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
4141       return true;
4142     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
4143       if (RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() &&
4144           !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor())
4145         return true;
4146 
4147       bool FoundConstructor = false;
4148       for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) {
4149         // FIXME: In C++0x, a constructor template can be a default constructor.
4150         if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
4151           continue;
4152         const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND);
4153         if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
4154           FoundConstructor = true;
4155           const FunctionProtoType *CPT
4156               = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4157           CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
4158           if (!CPT)
4159             return false;
4160           // FIXME: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw.
4161           // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw.
4162           if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 0)
4163             return false;
4164         }
4165       }
4166       return FoundConstructor;
4167     }
4168     return false;
4169   case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor:
4170     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
4171     //   If type is a class type with a virtual destructor ([class.dtor])
4172     //   then the trait is true, else it is false.
4173     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4174       if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD))
4175         return Destructor->isVirtual();
4176     return false;
4177 
4178     // These type trait expressions are modeled on the specifications for the
4179     // Embarcadero C++0x type trait functions:
4180     //   http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index
4181   case UTT_IsCompleteType:
4182     // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Is_complete_type_(typename_T_):
4183     //   Returns True if and only if T is a complete type at the point of the
4184     //   function call.
4185     return !T->isIncompleteType();
4186   }
4187 }
4188 
4189 /// \brief Determine whether T has a non-trivial Objective-C lifetime in
4190 /// ARC mode.
4191 static bool hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(QualType T) {
4192   switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) {
4193   case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
4194     return false;
4195 
4196   case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
4197   case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
4198   case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
4199     return true;
4200 
4201   case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
4202     return T->isObjCLifetimeType();
4203   }
4204 
4205   llvm_unreachable("Unknown ObjC lifetime qualifier");
4206 }
4207 
4208 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT,
4209                                     QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc);
4210 
4211 static bool evaluateTypeTrait(Sema &S, TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4212                               ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
4213                               SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
4214   if (Kind <= UTT_Last)
4215     return EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType());
4216 
4217   if (Kind <= BTT_Last)
4218     return EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, Args[0]->getType(),
4219                                    Args[1]->getType(), RParenLoc);
4220 
4221   switch (Kind) {
4222   case clang::TT_IsConstructible:
4223   case clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible:
4224   case clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible: {
4225     // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]:
4226     //   is_trivially_constructible is defined as:
4227     //
4228     //     is_constructible<T, Args...>::value is true and the variable
4229     //     definition for is_constructible, as defined below, is known to call
4230     //     no operation that is not trivial.
4231     //
4232     //   The predicate condition for a template specialization
4233     //   is_constructible<T, Args...> shall be satisfied if and only if the
4234     //   following variable definition would be well-formed for some invented
4235     //   variable t:
4236     //
4237     //     T t(create<Args>()...);
4238     assert(!Args.empty());
4239 
4240     // Precondition: T and all types in the parameter pack Args shall be
4241     // complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) void, or arrays of
4242     // unknown bound.
4243     for (const auto *TSI : Args) {
4244       QualType ArgTy = TSI->getType();
4245       if (ArgTy->isVoidType() || ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType())
4246         continue;
4247 
4248       if (S.RequireCompleteType(KWLoc, ArgTy,
4249           diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
4250         return false;
4251     }
4252 
4253     // Make sure the first argument is not incomplete nor a function type.
4254     QualType T = Args[0]->getType();
4255     if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType())
4256       return false;
4257 
4258     // Make sure the first argument is not an abstract type.
4259     CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
4260     if (RD && RD->isAbstract())
4261       return false;
4262 
4263     SmallVector<OpaqueValueExpr, 2> OpaqueArgExprs;
4264     SmallVector<Expr *, 2> ArgExprs;
4265     ArgExprs.reserve(Args.size() - 1);
4266     for (unsigned I = 1, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4267       QualType ArgTy = Args[I]->getType();
4268       if (ArgTy->isObjectType() || ArgTy->isFunctionType())
4269         ArgTy = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ArgTy);
4270       OpaqueArgExprs.push_back(
4271           OpaqueValueExpr(Args[I]->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(),
4272                           ArgTy.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context),
4273                           Expr::getValueKindForType(ArgTy)));
4274     }
4275     for (Expr &E : OpaqueArgExprs)
4276       ArgExprs.push_back(&E);
4277 
4278     // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE
4279     // trap at translation unit scope.
4280     EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(S, Sema::Unevaluated);
4281     Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(S, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
4282     Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(S, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
4283     InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Args[0]));
4284     InitializationKind InitKind(InitializationKind::CreateDirect(KWLoc, KWLoc,
4285                                                                  RParenLoc));
4286     InitializationSequence Init(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs);
4287     if (Init.Failed())
4288       return false;
4289 
4290     ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs);
4291     if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred())
4292       return false;
4293 
4294     if (Kind == clang::TT_IsConstructible)
4295       return true;
4296 
4297     if (Kind == clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible)
4298       return S.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot;
4299 
4300     if (Kind == clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible) {
4301       // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C
4302       // lifetime, this is a non-trivial construction.
4303       if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
4304           hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(T.getNonReferenceType()))
4305         return false;
4306 
4307       // The initialization succeeded; now make sure there are no non-trivial
4308       // calls.
4309       return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(S.Context);
4310     }
4311 
4312     llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait");
4313     return false;
4314   }
4315     default: llvm_unreachable("not a TT");
4316   }
4317 
4318   return false;
4319 }
4320 
4321 ExprResult Sema::BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4322                                 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
4323                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
4324   QualType ResultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType();
4325 
4326   if (Kind <= UTT_Last && !CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(
4327                                *this, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType()))
4328     return ExprError();
4329 
4330   bool Dependent = false;
4331   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4332     if (Args[I]->getType()->isDependentType()) {
4333       Dependent = true;
4334       break;
4335     }
4336   }
4337 
4338   bool Result = false;
4339   if (!Dependent)
4340     Result = evaluateTypeTrait(*this, Kind, KWLoc, Args, RParenLoc);
4341 
4342   return TypeTraitExpr::Create(Context, ResultType, KWLoc, Kind, Args,
4343                                RParenLoc, Result);
4344 }
4345 
4346 ExprResult Sema::ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4347                                 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
4348                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
4349   SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 4> ConvertedArgs;
4350   ConvertedArgs.reserve(Args.size());
4351 
4352   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4353     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4354     QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Args[I], &TInfo);
4355     if (!TInfo)
4356       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, KWLoc);
4357 
4358     ConvertedArgs.push_back(TInfo);
4359   }
4360 
4361   return BuildTypeTrait(Kind, KWLoc, ConvertedArgs, RParenLoc);
4362 }
4363 
4364 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT,
4365                                     QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc) {
4366   assert(!LhsT->isDependentType() && !RhsT->isDependentType() &&
4367          "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent types");
4368 
4369   switch(BTT) {
4370   case BTT_IsBaseOf: {
4371     // C++0x [meta.rel]p2
4372     // Base is a base class of Derived without regard to cv-qualifiers or
4373     // Base and Derived are not unions and name the same class type without
4374     // regard to cv-qualifiers.
4375 
4376     const RecordType *lhsRecord = LhsT->getAs<RecordType>();
4377     if (!lhsRecord) return false;
4378 
4379     const RecordType *rhsRecord = RhsT->getAs<RecordType>();
4380     if (!rhsRecord) return false;
4381 
4382     assert(Self.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LhsT, RhsT)
4383              == (lhsRecord == rhsRecord));
4384 
4385     if (lhsRecord == rhsRecord)
4386       return !lhsRecord->getDecl()->isUnion();
4387 
4388     // C++0x [meta.rel]p2:
4389     //   If Base and Derived are class types and are different types
4390     //   (ignoring possible cv-qualifiers) then Derived shall be a
4391     //   complete type.
4392     if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT,
4393                           diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
4394       return false;
4395 
4396     return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(rhsRecord->getDecl())
4397       ->isDerivedFrom(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(lhsRecord->getDecl()));
4398   }
4399   case BTT_IsSame:
4400     return Self.Context.hasSameType(LhsT, RhsT);
4401   case BTT_TypeCompatible:
4402     return Self.Context.typesAreCompatible(LhsT.getUnqualifiedType(),
4403                                            RhsT.getUnqualifiedType());
4404   case BTT_IsConvertible:
4405   case BTT_IsConvertibleTo: {
4406     // C++0x [meta.rel]p4:
4407     //   Given the following function prototype:
4408     //
4409     //     template <class T>
4410     //       typename add_rvalue_reference<T>::type create();
4411     //
4412     //   the predicate condition for a template specialization
4413     //   is_convertible<From, To> shall be satisfied if and only if
4414     //   the return expression in the following code would be
4415     //   well-formed, including any implicit conversions to the return
4416     //   type of the function:
4417     //
4418     //     To test() {
4419     //       return create<From>();
4420     //     }
4421     //
4422     //   Access checking is performed as if in a context unrelated to To and
4423     //   From. Only the validity of the immediate context of the expression
4424     //   of the return-statement (including conversions to the return type)
4425     //   is considered.
4426     //
4427     // We model the initialization as a copy-initialization of a temporary
4428     // of the appropriate type, which for this expression is identical to the
4429     // return statement (since NRVO doesn't apply).
4430 
4431     // Functions aren't allowed to return function or array types.
4432     if (RhsT->isFunctionType() || RhsT->isArrayType())
4433       return false;
4434 
4435     // A return statement in a void function must have void type.
4436     if (RhsT->isVoidType())
4437       return LhsT->isVoidType();
4438 
4439     // A function definition requires a complete, non-abstract return type.
4440     if (!Self.isCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT) || Self.isAbstractType(KeyLoc, RhsT))
4441       return false;
4442 
4443     // Compute the result of add_rvalue_reference.
4444     if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType())
4445       LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT);
4446 
4447     // Build a fake source and destination for initialization.
4448     InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(RhsT));
4449     OpaqueValueExpr From(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
4450                          Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT));
4451     Expr *FromPtr = &From;
4452     InitializationKind Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(KeyLoc,
4453                                                            SourceLocation()));
4454 
4455     // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE
4456     // trap at translation unit scope.
4457     EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated);
4458     Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
4459     Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
4460     InitializationSequence Init(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr);
4461     if (Init.Failed())
4462       return false;
4463 
4464     ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr);
4465     return !Result.isInvalid() && !SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred();
4466   }
4467 
4468   case BTT_IsNothrowAssignable:
4469   case BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable: {
4470     // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]p3:
4471     //   is_trivially_assignable is defined as:
4472     //     is_assignable<T, U>::value is true and the assignment, as defined by
4473     //     is_assignable, is known to call no operation that is not trivial
4474     //
4475     //   is_assignable is defined as:
4476     //     The expression declval<T>() = declval<U>() is well-formed when
4477     //     treated as an unevaluated operand (Clause 5).
4478     //
4479     //   For both, T and U shall be complete types, (possibly cv-qualified)
4480     //   void, or arrays of unknown bound.
4481     if (!LhsT->isVoidType() && !LhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
4482         Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, LhsT,
4483           diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
4484       return false;
4485     if (!RhsT->isVoidType() && !RhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
4486         Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT,
4487           diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
4488       return false;
4489 
4490     // cv void is never assignable.
4491     if (LhsT->isVoidType() || RhsT->isVoidType())
4492       return false;
4493 
4494     // Build expressions that emulate the effect of declval<T>() and
4495     // declval<U>().
4496     if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType())
4497       LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT);
4498     if (RhsT->isObjectType() || RhsT->isFunctionType())
4499       RhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(RhsT);
4500     OpaqueValueExpr Lhs(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
4501                         Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT));
4502     OpaqueValueExpr Rhs(KeyLoc, RhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
4503                         Expr::getValueKindForType(RhsT));
4504 
4505     // Attempt the assignment in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE
4506     // trap at translation unit scope.
4507     EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated);
4508     Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
4509     Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
4510     ExprResult Result = Self.BuildBinOp(/*S=*/nullptr, KeyLoc, BO_Assign, &Lhs,
4511                                         &Rhs);
4512     if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred())
4513       return false;
4514 
4515     if (BTT == BTT_IsNothrowAssignable)
4516       return Self.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot;
4517 
4518     if (BTT == BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable) {
4519       // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C
4520       // lifetime, this is a non-trivial assignment.
4521       if (Self.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
4522           hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(LhsT.getNonReferenceType()))
4523         return false;
4524 
4525       return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(Self.Context);
4526     }
4527 
4528     llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait");
4529     return false;
4530   }
4531     default: llvm_unreachable("not a BTT");
4532   }
4533   llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented");
4534 }
4535 
4536 ExprResult Sema::ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4537                                      SourceLocation KWLoc,
4538                                      ParsedType Ty,
4539                                      Expr* DimExpr,
4540                                      SourceLocation RParen) {
4541   TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo;
4542   QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TSInfo);
4543   if (!TSInfo)
4544     TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
4545 
4546   return BuildArrayTypeTrait(ATT, KWLoc, TSInfo, DimExpr, RParen);
4547 }
4548 
4549 static uint64_t EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(Sema &Self, ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4550                                            QualType T, Expr *DimExpr,
4551                                            SourceLocation KeyLoc) {
4552   assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type");
4553 
4554   switch(ATT) {
4555   case ATT_ArrayRank:
4556     if (T->isArrayType()) {
4557       unsigned Dim = 0;
4558       while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
4559         ++Dim;
4560         T = AT->getElementType();
4561       }
4562       return Dim;
4563     }
4564     return 0;
4565 
4566   case ATT_ArrayExtent: {
4567     llvm::APSInt Value;
4568     uint64_t Dim;
4569     if (Self.VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(DimExpr, &Value,
4570           diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer,
4571           false).isInvalid())
4572       return 0;
4573     if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
4574       Self.Diag(KeyLoc, diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer)
4575         << DimExpr->getSourceRange();
4576       return 0;
4577     }
4578     Dim = Value.getLimitedValue();
4579 
4580     if (T->isArrayType()) {
4581       unsigned D = 0;
4582       bool Matched = false;
4583       while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
4584         if (Dim == D) {
4585           Matched = true;
4586           break;
4587         }
4588         ++D;
4589         T = AT->getElementType();
4590       }
4591 
4592       if (Matched && T->isArrayType()) {
4593         if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Self.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(T))
4594           return CAT->getSize().getLimitedValue();
4595       }
4596     }
4597     return 0;
4598   }
4599   }
4600   llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented");
4601 }
4602 
4603 ExprResult Sema::BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4604                                      SourceLocation KWLoc,
4605                                      TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
4606                                      Expr* DimExpr,
4607                                      SourceLocation RParen) {
4608   QualType T = TSInfo->getType();
4609 
4610   // FIXME: This should likely be tracked as an APInt to remove any host
4611   // assumptions about the width of size_t on the target.
4612   uint64_t Value = 0;
4613   if (!T->isDependentType())
4614     Value = EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(*this, ATT, T, DimExpr, KWLoc);
4615 
4616   // While the specification for these traits from the Embarcadero C++
4617   // compiler's documentation says the return type is 'unsigned int', Clang
4618   // returns 'size_t'. On Windows, the primary platform for the Embarcadero
4619   // compiler, there is no difference. On several other platforms this is an
4620   // important distinction.
4621   return new (Context) ArrayTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, ATT, TSInfo, Value, DimExpr,
4622                                           RParen, Context.getSizeType());
4623 }
4624 
4625 ExprResult Sema::ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET,
4626                                       SourceLocation KWLoc,
4627                                       Expr *Queried,
4628                                       SourceLocation RParen) {
4629   // If error parsing the expression, ignore.
4630   if (!Queried)
4631     return ExprError();
4632 
4633   ExprResult Result = BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, Queried, RParen);
4634 
4635   return Result;
4636 }
4637 
4638 static bool EvaluateExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, Expr *E) {
4639   switch (ET) {
4640   case ET_IsLValueExpr: return E->isLValue();
4641   case ET_IsRValueExpr: return E->isRValue();
4642   }
4643   llvm_unreachable("Expression trait not covered by switch");
4644 }
4645 
4646 ExprResult Sema::BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET,
4647                                       SourceLocation KWLoc,
4648                                       Expr *Queried,
4649                                       SourceLocation RParen) {
4650   if (Queried->isTypeDependent()) {
4651     // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
4652   } else if (Queried->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
4653     ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Queried);
4654     if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4655     return BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, PE.get(), RParen);
4656   }
4657 
4658   bool Value = EvaluateExpressionTrait(ET, Queried);
4659 
4660   return new (Context)
4661       ExpressionTraitExpr(KWLoc, ET, Queried, Value, RParen, Context.BoolTy);
4662 }
4663 
4664 QualType Sema::CheckPointerToMemberOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
4665                                             ExprValueKind &VK,
4666                                             SourceLocation Loc,
4667                                             bool isIndirect) {
4668   assert(!LHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() &&
4669          !RHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() &&
4670          "placeholders should have been weeded out by now");
4671 
4672   // The LHS undergoes lvalue conversions if this is ->*.
4673   if (isIndirect) {
4674     LHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
4675     if (LHS.isInvalid()) return QualType();
4676   }
4677 
4678   // The RHS always undergoes lvalue conversions.
4679   RHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
4680   if (RHS.isInvalid()) return QualType();
4681 
4682   const char *OpSpelling = isIndirect ? "->*" : ".*";
4683   // C++ 5.5p2
4684   //   The binary operator .* [p3: ->*] binds its second operand, which shall
4685   //   be of type "pointer to member of T" (where T is a completely-defined
4686   //   class type) [...]
4687   QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
4688   const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = RHSType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
4689   if (!MemPtr) {
4690     Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_rhs)
4691       << OpSpelling << RHSType << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
4692     return QualType();
4693   }
4694 
4695   QualType Class(MemPtr->getClass(), 0);
4696 
4697   // Note: C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p2-3 says that the class type into which the
4698   // member pointer points must be completely-defined. However, there is no
4699   // reason for this semantic distinction, and the rule is not enforced by
4700   // other compilers. Therefore, we do not check this property, as it is
4701   // likely to be considered a defect.
4702 
4703   // C++ 5.5p2
4704   //   [...] to its first operand, which shall be of class T or of a class of
4705   //   which T is an unambiguous and accessible base class. [p3: a pointer to
4706   //   such a class]
4707   QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
4708   if (isIndirect) {
4709     if (const PointerType *Ptr = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>())
4710       LHSType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
4711     else {
4712       Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs)
4713         << OpSpelling << 1 << LHSType
4714         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ".*");
4715       return QualType();
4716     }
4717   }
4718 
4719   if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Class, LHSType)) {
4720     // If we want to check the hierarchy, we need a complete type.
4721     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, LHSType, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs,
4722                             OpSpelling, (int)isIndirect)) {
4723       return QualType();
4724     }
4725 
4726     if (!IsDerivedFrom(Loc, LHSType, Class)) {
4727       Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) << OpSpelling
4728         << (int)isIndirect << LHS.get()->getType();
4729       return QualType();
4730     }
4731 
4732     CXXCastPath BasePath;
4733     if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(LHSType, Class, Loc,
4734                                      SourceRange(LHS.get()->getLocStart(),
4735                                                  RHS.get()->getLocEnd()),
4736                                      &BasePath))
4737       return QualType();
4738 
4739     // Cast LHS to type of use.
4740     QualType UseType = isIndirect ? Context.getPointerType(Class) : Class;
4741     ExprValueKind VK = isIndirect ? VK_RValue : LHS.get()->getValueKind();
4742     LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), UseType, CK_DerivedToBase, VK,
4743                             &BasePath);
4744   }
4745 
4746   if (isa<CXXScalarValueInitExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParens())) {
4747     // Diagnose use of pointer-to-member type which when used as
4748     // the functional cast in a pointer-to-member expression.
4749     Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_type) << isIndirect;
4750      return QualType();
4751   }
4752 
4753   // C++ 5.5p2
4754   //   The result is an object or a function of the type specified by the
4755   //   second operand.
4756   // The cv qualifiers are the union of those in the pointer and the left side,
4757   // in accordance with 5.5p5 and 5.2.5.
4758   QualType Result = MemPtr->getPointeeType();
4759   Result = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(Result, LHSType.getCVRQualifiers());
4760 
4761   // C++0x [expr.mptr.oper]p6:
4762   //   In a .* expression whose object expression is an rvalue, the program is
4763   //   ill-formed if the second operand is a pointer to member function with
4764   //   ref-qualifier &. In a ->* expression or in a .* expression whose object
4765   //   expression is an lvalue, the program is ill-formed if the second operand
4766   //   is a pointer to member function with ref-qualifier &&.
4767   if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Result->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
4768     switch (Proto->getRefQualifier()) {
4769     case RQ_None:
4770       // Do nothing
4771       break;
4772 
4773     case RQ_LValue:
4774       if (!isIndirect && !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isLValue())
4775         Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify)
4776           << RHSType << 1 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
4777       break;
4778 
4779     case RQ_RValue:
4780       if (isIndirect || !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isRValue())
4781         Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify)
4782           << RHSType << 0 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
4783       break;
4784     }
4785   }
4786 
4787   // C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p6:
4788   //   The result of a .* expression whose second operand is a pointer
4789   //   to a data member is of the same value category as its
4790   //   first operand. The result of a .* expression whose second
4791   //   operand is a pointer to a member function is a prvalue. The
4792   //   result of an ->* expression is an lvalue if its second operand
4793   //   is a pointer to data member and a prvalue otherwise.
4794   if (Result->isFunctionType()) {
4795     VK = VK_RValue;
4796     return Context.BoundMemberTy;
4797   } else if (isIndirect) {
4798     VK = VK_LValue;
4799   } else {
4800     VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
4801   }
4802 
4803   return Result;
4804 }
4805 
4806 /// \brief Try to convert a type to another according to C++0x 5.16p3.
4807 ///
4808 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either
4809 /// value operand is a class type, the two operands are attempted to be
4810 /// converted to each other. This function does the conversion in one direction.
4811 /// It returns true if the program is ill-formed and has already been diagnosed
4812 /// as such.
4813 static bool TryClassUnification(Sema &Self, Expr *From, Expr *To,
4814                                 SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
4815                                 bool &HaveConversion,
4816                                 QualType &ToType) {
4817   HaveConversion = false;
4818   ToType = To->getType();
4819 
4820   InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(To->getLocStart(),
4821                                                            SourceLocation());
4822   // C++0x 5.16p3
4823   //   The process for determining whether an operand expression E1 of type T1
4824   //   can be converted to match an operand expression E2 of type T2 is defined
4825   //   as follows:
4826   //   -- If E2 is an lvalue:
4827   bool ToIsLvalue = To->isLValue();
4828   if (ToIsLvalue) {
4829     //   E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be implicitly converted to
4830     //   type "lvalue reference to T2", subject to the constraint that in the
4831     //   conversion the reference must bind directly to E1.
4832     QualType T = Self.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ToType);
4833     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T);
4834 
4835     InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
4836     if (InitSeq.isDirectReferenceBinding()) {
4837       ToType = T;
4838       HaveConversion = true;
4839       return false;
4840     }
4841 
4842     if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
4843       return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
4844   }
4845 
4846   //   -- If E2 is an rvalue, or if the conversion above cannot be done:
4847   //      -- if E1 and E2 have class type, and the underlying class types are
4848   //         the same or one is a base class of the other:
4849   QualType FTy = From->getType();
4850   QualType TTy = To->getType();
4851   const RecordType *FRec = FTy->getAs<RecordType>();
4852   const RecordType *TRec = TTy->getAs<RecordType>();
4853   bool FDerivedFromT = FRec && TRec && FRec != TRec &&
4854                        Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, FTy, TTy);
4855   if (FRec && TRec && (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT ||
4856                        Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, TTy, FTy))) {
4857     //         E1 can be converted to match E2 if the class of T2 is the
4858     //         same type as, or a base class of, the class of T1, and
4859     //         [cv2 > cv1].
4860     if (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT) {
4861       if (TTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FTy)) {
4862         InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy);
4863         InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
4864         if (InitSeq) {
4865           HaveConversion = true;
4866           return false;
4867         }
4868 
4869         if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
4870           return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
4871       }
4872     }
4873 
4874     return false;
4875   }
4876 
4877   //     -- Otherwise: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be
4878   //        implicitly converted to the type that expression E2 would have
4879   //        if E2 were converted to an rvalue (or the type it has, if E2 is
4880   //        an rvalue).
4881   //
4882   // This actually refers very narrowly to the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, not
4883   // to the array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer conversions.
4884   if (!TTy->getAs<TagType>())
4885     TTy = TTy.getUnqualifiedType();
4886 
4887   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy);
4888   InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
4889   HaveConversion = !InitSeq.Failed();
4890   ToType = TTy;
4891   if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
4892     return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
4893 
4894   return false;
4895 }
4896 
4897 /// \brief Try to find a common type for two according to C++0x 5.16p5.
4898 ///
4899 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either
4900 /// value operand is a class type, overload resolution is used to find a
4901 /// conversion to a common type.
4902 static bool FindConditionalOverload(Sema &Self, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
4903                                     SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
4904   Expr *Args[2] = { LHS.get(), RHS.get() };
4905   OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(QuestionLoc,
4906                                     OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator);
4907   Self.AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Conditional, QuestionLoc, Args,
4908                                     CandidateSet);
4909 
4910   OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
4911   switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(Self, QuestionLoc, Best)) {
4912     case OR_Success: {
4913       // We found a match. Perform the conversions on the arguments and move on.
4914       ExprResult LHSRes =
4915         Self.PerformImplicitConversion(LHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
4916                                        Best->Conversions[0], Sema::AA_Converting);
4917       if (LHSRes.isInvalid())
4918         break;
4919       LHS = LHSRes;
4920 
4921       ExprResult RHSRes =
4922         Self.PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
4923                                        Best->Conversions[1], Sema::AA_Converting);
4924       if (RHSRes.isInvalid())
4925         break;
4926       RHS = RHSRes;
4927       if (Best->Function)
4928         Self.MarkFunctionReferenced(QuestionLoc, Best->Function);
4929       return false;
4930     }
4931 
4932     case OR_No_Viable_Function:
4933 
4934       // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer
4935       // constant and the other is a pointer type. In this case, the user most
4936       // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression.
4937       if (Self.DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
4938         return true;
4939 
4940       Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4941         << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
4942         << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
4943       return true;
4944 
4945     case OR_Ambiguous:
4946       Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous_ovl)
4947         << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
4948         << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
4949       // FIXME: Print the possible common types by printing the return types of
4950       // the viable candidates.
4951       break;
4952 
4953     case OR_Deleted:
4954       llvm_unreachable("Conditional operator has only built-in overloads");
4955   }
4956   return true;
4957 }
4958 
4959 /// \brief Perform an "extended" implicit conversion as returned by
4960 /// TryClassUnification.
4961 static bool ConvertForConditional(Sema &Self, ExprResult &E, QualType T) {
4962   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T);
4963   InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(E.get()->getLocStart(),
4964                                                            SourceLocation());
4965   Expr *Arg = E.get();
4966   InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg);
4967   ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg);
4968   if (Result.isInvalid())
4969     return true;
4970 
4971   E = Result;
4972   return false;
4973 }
4974 
4975 /// \brief Check the operands of ?: under C++ semantics.
4976 ///
4977 /// See C++ [expr.cond]. Note that LHS is never null, even for the GNU x ?: y
4978 /// extension. In this case, LHS == Cond. (But they're not aliases.)
4979 QualType Sema::CXXCheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS,
4980                                            ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
4981                                            ExprObjectKind &OK,
4982                                            SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
4983   // FIXME: Handle C99's complex types, vector types, block pointers and Obj-C++
4984   // interface pointers.
4985 
4986   // C++11 [expr.cond]p1
4987   //   The first expression is contextually converted to bool.
4988   if (!Cond.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
4989     ExprResult CondRes = CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Cond.get());
4990     if (CondRes.isInvalid())
4991       return QualType();
4992     Cond = CondRes;
4993   }
4994 
4995   // Assume r-value.
4996   VK = VK_RValue;
4997   OK = OK_Ordinary;
4998 
4999   // Either of the arguments dependent?
5000   if (LHS.get()->isTypeDependent() || RHS.get()->isTypeDependent())
5001     return Context.DependentTy;
5002 
5003   // C++11 [expr.cond]p2
5004   //   If either the second or the third operand has type (cv) void, ...
5005   QualType LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
5006   QualType RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
5007   bool LVoid = LTy->isVoidType();
5008   bool RVoid = RTy->isVoidType();
5009   if (LVoid || RVoid) {
5010     //   ... one of the following shall hold:
5011     //   -- The second or the third operand (but not both) is a (possibly
5012     //      parenthesized) throw-expression; the result is of the type
5013     //      and value category of the other.
5014     bool LThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
5015     bool RThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
5016     if (LThrow != RThrow) {
5017       Expr *NonThrow = LThrow ? RHS.get() : LHS.get();
5018       VK = NonThrow->getValueKind();
5019       // DR (no number yet): the result is a bit-field if the
5020       // non-throw-expression operand is a bit-field.
5021       OK = NonThrow->getObjectKind();
5022       return NonThrow->getType();
5023     }
5024 
5025     //   -- Both the second and third operands have type void; the result is of
5026     //      type void and is a prvalue.
5027     if (LVoid && RVoid)
5028       return Context.VoidTy;
5029 
5030     // Neither holds, error.
5031     Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_void_nonvoid)
5032       << (LVoid ? RTy : LTy) << (LVoid ? 0 : 1)
5033       << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5034     return QualType();
5035   }
5036 
5037   // Neither is void.
5038 
5039   // C++11 [expr.cond]p3
5040   //   Otherwise, if the second and third operand have different types, and
5041   //   either has (cv) class type [...] an attempt is made to convert each of
5042   //   those operands to the type of the other.
5043   if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) &&
5044       (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) {
5045     // These return true if a single direction is already ambiguous.
5046     QualType L2RType, R2LType;
5047     bool HaveL2R, HaveR2L;
5048     if (TryClassUnification(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveL2R, L2RType))
5049       return QualType();
5050     if (TryClassUnification(*this, RHS.get(), LHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveR2L, R2LType))
5051       return QualType();
5052 
5053     //   If both can be converted, [...] the program is ill-formed.
5054     if (HaveL2R && HaveR2L) {
5055       Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous)
5056         << LTy << RTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5057       return QualType();
5058     }
5059 
5060     //   If exactly one conversion is possible, that conversion is applied to
5061     //   the chosen operand and the converted operands are used in place of the
5062     //   original operands for the remainder of this section.
5063     if (HaveL2R) {
5064       if (ConvertForConditional(*this, LHS, L2RType) || LHS.isInvalid())
5065         return QualType();
5066       LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
5067     } else if (HaveR2L) {
5068       if (ConvertForConditional(*this, RHS, R2LType) || RHS.isInvalid())
5069         return QualType();
5070       RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
5071     }
5072   }
5073 
5074   // C++11 [expr.cond]p3
5075   //   if both are glvalues of the same value category and the same type except
5076   //   for cv-qualification, an attempt is made to convert each of those
5077   //   operands to the type of the other.
5078   ExprValueKind LVK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
5079   ExprValueKind RVK = RHS.get()->getValueKind();
5080   if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) &&
5081       Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LTy, RTy) &&
5082       LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue) {
5083     // Since the unqualified types are reference-related and we require the
5084     // result to be as if a reference bound directly, the only conversion
5085     // we can perform is to add cv-qualifiers.
5086     Qualifiers LCVR = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(LTy.getCVRQualifiers());
5087     Qualifiers RCVR = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(RTy.getCVRQualifiers());
5088     if (RCVR.isStrictSupersetOf(LCVR)) {
5089       LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RTy, CK_NoOp, LVK);
5090       LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
5091     }
5092     else if (LCVR.isStrictSupersetOf(RCVR)) {
5093       RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LTy, CK_NoOp, RVK);
5094       RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
5095     }
5096   }
5097 
5098   // C++11 [expr.cond]p4
5099   //   If the second and third operands are glvalues of the same value
5100   //   category and have the same type, the result is of that type and
5101   //   value category and it is a bit-field if the second or the third
5102   //   operand is a bit-field, or if both are bit-fields.
5103   // We only extend this to bitfields, not to the crazy other kinds of
5104   // l-values.
5105   bool Same = Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy);
5106   if (Same && LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue &&
5107       LHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() &&
5108       RHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()) {
5109     VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
5110     if (LHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField ||
5111         RHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField)
5112       OK = OK_BitField;
5113     return LTy;
5114   }
5115 
5116   // C++11 [expr.cond]p5
5117   //   Otherwise, the result is a prvalue. If the second and third operands
5118   //   do not have the same type, and either has (cv) class type, ...
5119   if (!Same && (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) {
5120     //   ... overload resolution is used to determine the conversions (if any)
5121     //   to be applied to the operands. If the overload resolution fails, the
5122     //   program is ill-formed.
5123     if (FindConditionalOverload(*this, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc))
5124       return QualType();
5125   }
5126 
5127   // C++11 [expr.cond]p6
5128   //   Lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer standard
5129   //   conversions are performed on the second and third operands.
5130   LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
5131   RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
5132   if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
5133     return QualType();
5134   LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
5135   RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
5136 
5137   //   After those conversions, one of the following shall hold:
5138   //   -- The second and third operands have the same type; the result
5139   //      is of that type. If the operands have class type, the result
5140   //      is a prvalue temporary of the result type, which is
5141   //      copy-initialized from either the second operand or the third
5142   //      operand depending on the value of the first operand.
5143   if (Context.getCanonicalType(LTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RTy)) {
5144     if (LTy->isRecordType()) {
5145       // The operands have class type. Make a temporary copy.
5146       if (RequireNonAbstractType(QuestionLoc, LTy,
5147                                  diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
5148         return QualType();
5149       InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LTy);
5150 
5151       ExprResult LHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
5152                                                      SourceLocation(),
5153                                                      LHS);
5154       if (LHSCopy.isInvalid())
5155         return QualType();
5156 
5157       ExprResult RHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
5158                                                      SourceLocation(),
5159                                                      RHS);
5160       if (RHSCopy.isInvalid())
5161         return QualType();
5162 
5163       LHS = LHSCopy;
5164       RHS = RHSCopy;
5165     }
5166 
5167     return LTy;
5168   }
5169 
5170   // Extension: conditional operator involving vector types.
5171   if (LTy->isVectorType() || RTy->isVectorType())
5172     return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false,
5173                                /*AllowBothBool*/true,
5174                                /*AllowBoolConversions*/false);
5175 
5176   //   -- The second and third operands have arithmetic or enumeration type;
5177   //      the usual arithmetic conversions are performed to bring them to a
5178   //      common type, and the result is of that type.
5179   if (LTy->isArithmeticType() && RTy->isArithmeticType()) {
5180     QualType ResTy = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
5181     if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
5182       return QualType();
5183 
5184     LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(LHS, ResTy));
5185     RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(RHS, ResTy));
5186 
5187     return ResTy;
5188   }
5189 
5190   //   -- The second and third operands have pointer type, or one has pointer
5191   //      type and the other is a null pointer constant, or both are null
5192   //      pointer constants, at least one of which is non-integral; pointer
5193   //      conversions and qualification conversions are performed to bring them
5194   //      to their composite pointer type. The result is of the composite
5195   //      pointer type.
5196   //   -- The second and third operands have pointer to member type, or one has
5197   //      pointer to member type and the other is a null pointer constant;
5198   //      pointer to member conversions and qualification conversions are
5199   //      performed to bring them to a common type, whose cv-qualification
5200   //      shall match the cv-qualification of either the second or the third
5201   //      operand. The result is of the common type.
5202   bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
5203   QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS,
5204                                  isSFINAEContext() ? nullptr
5205                                                    : &NonStandardCompositeType);
5206   if (!Composite.isNull()) {
5207     if (NonStandardCompositeType)
5208       Diag(QuestionLoc,
5209            diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands_nonstandard)
5210         << LTy << RTy << Composite
5211         << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5212 
5213     return Composite;
5214   }
5215 
5216   // Similarly, attempt to find composite type of two objective-c pointers.
5217   Composite = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
5218   if (!Composite.isNull())
5219     return Composite;
5220 
5221   // Check if we are using a null with a non-pointer type.
5222   if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
5223     return QualType();
5224 
5225   Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
5226     << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
5227     << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5228   return QualType();
5229 }
5230 
5231 /// \brief Find a merged pointer type and convert the two expressions to it.
5232 ///
5233 /// This finds the composite pointer type (or member pointer type) for @p E1
5234 /// and @p E2 according to C++11 5.9p2. It converts both expressions to this
5235 /// type and returns it.
5236 /// It does not emit diagnostics.
5237 ///
5238 /// \param Loc The location of the operator requiring these two expressions to
5239 /// be converted to the composite pointer type.
5240 ///
5241 /// If \p NonStandardCompositeType is non-NULL, then we are permitted to find
5242 /// a non-standard (but still sane) composite type to which both expressions
5243 /// can be converted. When such a type is chosen, \c *NonStandardCompositeType
5244 /// will be set true.
5245 QualType Sema::FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
5246                                         Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
5247                                         bool *NonStandardCompositeType) {
5248   if (NonStandardCompositeType)
5249     *NonStandardCompositeType = false;
5250 
5251   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "This function assumes C++");
5252   QualType T1 = E1->getType(), T2 = E2->getType();
5253 
5254   // C++11 5.9p2
5255   //   Pointer conversions and qualification conversions are performed on
5256   //   pointer operands to bring them to their composite pointer type. If
5257   //   one operand is a null pointer constant, the composite pointer type is
5258   //   std::nullptr_t if the other operand is also a null pointer constant or,
5259   //   if the other operand is a pointer, the type of the other operand.
5260   if (!T1->isAnyPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType() &&
5261       !T2->isAnyPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType()) {
5262     if (T1->isNullPtrType() &&
5263         E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
5264       E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).get();
5265       return T1;
5266     }
5267     if (T2->isNullPtrType() &&
5268         E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
5269       E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).get();
5270       return T2;
5271     }
5272     return QualType();
5273   }
5274 
5275   if (E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
5276     if (T2->isMemberPointerType())
5277       E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToMemberPointer).get();
5278     else
5279       E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).get();
5280     return T2;
5281   }
5282   if (E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
5283     if (T1->isMemberPointerType())
5284       E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToMemberPointer).get();
5285     else
5286       E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).get();
5287     return T1;
5288   }
5289 
5290   // Now both have to be pointers or member pointers.
5291   if ((!T1->isPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType()) ||
5292       (!T2->isPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType()))
5293     return QualType();
5294 
5295   //   Otherwise, of one of the operands has type "pointer to cv1 void," then
5296   //   the other has type "pointer to cv2 T" and the composite pointer type is
5297   //   "pointer to cv12 void," where cv12 is the union of cv1 and cv2.
5298   //   Otherwise, the composite pointer type is a pointer type similar to the
5299   //   type of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature that is
5300   //   the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand types.
5301   // In practice, the first part here is redundant; it's subsumed by the second.
5302   // What we do here is, we build the two possible composite types, and try the
5303   // conversions in both directions. If only one works, or if the two composite
5304   // types are the same, we have succeeded.
5305   // FIXME: extended qualifiers?
5306   typedef SmallVector<unsigned, 4> QualifierVector;
5307   QualifierVector QualifierUnion;
5308   typedef SmallVector<std::pair<const Type *, const Type *>, 4>
5309       ContainingClassVector;
5310   ContainingClassVector MemberOfClass;
5311   QualType Composite1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1),
5312            Composite2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
5313   unsigned NeedConstBefore = 0;
5314   do {
5315     const PointerType *Ptr1, *Ptr2;
5316     if ((Ptr1 = Composite1->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
5317         (Ptr2 = Composite2->getAs<PointerType>())) {
5318       Composite1 = Ptr1->getPointeeType();
5319       Composite2 = Ptr2->getPointeeType();
5320 
5321       // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track
5322       // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers.
5323       if (NonStandardCompositeType &&
5324           Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers())
5325         NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size();
5326 
5327       QualifierUnion.push_back(
5328                  Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers());
5329       MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(nullptr, nullptr));
5330       continue;
5331     }
5332 
5333     const MemberPointerType *MemPtr1, *MemPtr2;
5334     if ((MemPtr1 = Composite1->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) &&
5335         (MemPtr2 = Composite2->getAs<MemberPointerType>())) {
5336       Composite1 = MemPtr1->getPointeeType();
5337       Composite2 = MemPtr2->getPointeeType();
5338 
5339       // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track
5340       // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers.
5341       if (NonStandardCompositeType &&
5342           Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers())
5343         NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size();
5344 
5345       QualifierUnion.push_back(
5346                  Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers());
5347       MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(MemPtr1->getClass(),
5348                                              MemPtr2->getClass()));
5349       continue;
5350     }
5351 
5352     // FIXME: block pointer types?
5353 
5354     // Cannot unwrap any more types.
5355     break;
5356   } while (true);
5357 
5358   if (NeedConstBefore && NonStandardCompositeType) {
5359     // Extension: Add 'const' to qualifiers that come before the first qualifier
5360     // mismatch, so that our (non-standard!) composite type meets the
5361     // requirements of C++ [conv.qual]p4 bullet 3.
5362     for (unsigned I = 0; I != NeedConstBefore; ++I) {
5363       if ((QualifierUnion[I] & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
5364         QualifierUnion[I] = QualifierUnion[I] | Qualifiers::Const;
5365         *NonStandardCompositeType = true;
5366       }
5367     }
5368   }
5369 
5370   // Rewrap the composites as pointers or member pointers with the union CVRs.
5371   ContainingClassVector::reverse_iterator MOC
5372     = MemberOfClass.rbegin();
5373   for (QualifierVector::reverse_iterator
5374          I = QualifierUnion.rbegin(),
5375          E = QualifierUnion.rend();
5376        I != E; (void)++I, ++MOC) {
5377     Qualifiers Quals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(*I);
5378     if (MOC->first && MOC->second) {
5379       // Rebuild member pointer type
5380       Composite1 = Context.getMemberPointerType(
5381                                     Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals),
5382                                     MOC->first);
5383       Composite2 = Context.getMemberPointerType(
5384                                     Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals),
5385                                     MOC->second);
5386     } else {
5387       // Rebuild pointer type
5388       Composite1
5389         = Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals));
5390       Composite2
5391         = Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals));
5392     }
5393   }
5394 
5395   // Try to convert to the first composite pointer type.
5396   InitializedEntity Entity1
5397     = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite1);
5398   InitializationKind Kind
5399     = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Loc, SourceLocation());
5400   InitializationSequence E1ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, E1);
5401   InitializationSequence E2ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, E2);
5402 
5403   if (E1ToC1 && E2ToC1) {
5404     // Conversion to Composite1 is viable.
5405     if (!Context.hasSameType(Composite1, Composite2)) {
5406       // Composite2 is a different type from Composite1. Check whether
5407       // Composite2 is also viable.
5408       InitializedEntity Entity2
5409         = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2);
5410       InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1);
5411       InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2);
5412       if (E1ToC2 && E2ToC2) {
5413         // Both Composite1 and Composite2 are viable and are different;
5414         // this is an ambiguity.
5415         return QualType();
5416       }
5417     }
5418 
5419     // Convert E1 to Composite1
5420     ExprResult E1Result
5421       = E1ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, E1);
5422     if (E1Result.isInvalid())
5423       return QualType();
5424     E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>();
5425 
5426     // Convert E2 to Composite1
5427     ExprResult E2Result
5428       = E2ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, E2);
5429     if (E2Result.isInvalid())
5430       return QualType();
5431     E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>();
5432 
5433     return Composite1;
5434   }
5435 
5436   // Check whether Composite2 is viable.
5437   InitializedEntity Entity2
5438     = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2);
5439   InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1);
5440   InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2);
5441   if (!E1ToC2 || !E2ToC2)
5442     return QualType();
5443 
5444   // Convert E1 to Composite2
5445   ExprResult E1Result
5446     = E1ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1);
5447   if (E1Result.isInvalid())
5448     return QualType();
5449   E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>();
5450 
5451   // Convert E2 to Composite2
5452   ExprResult E2Result
5453     = E2ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2);
5454   if (E2Result.isInvalid())
5455     return QualType();
5456   E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>();
5457 
5458   return Composite2;
5459 }
5460 
5461 ExprResult Sema::MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E) {
5462   if (!E)
5463     return ExprError();
5464 
5465   assert(!isa<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E) && "Double-bound temporary?");
5466 
5467   // If the result is a glvalue, we shouldn't bind it.
5468   if (!E->isRValue())
5469     return E;
5470 
5471   // In ARC, calls that return a retainable type can return retained,
5472   // in which case we have to insert a consuming cast.
5473   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
5474       E->getType()->isObjCRetainableType()) {
5475 
5476     bool ReturnsRetained;
5477 
5478     // For actual calls, we compute this by examining the type of the
5479     // called value.
5480     if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
5481       Expr *Callee = Call->getCallee()->IgnoreParens();
5482       QualType T = Callee->getType();
5483 
5484       if (T == Context.BoundMemberTy) {
5485         // Handle pointer-to-members.
5486         if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Callee))
5487           T = BinOp->getRHS()->getType();
5488         else if (MemberExpr *Mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Callee))
5489           T = Mem->getMemberDecl()->getType();
5490       }
5491 
5492       if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>())
5493         T = Ptr->getPointeeType();
5494       else if (const BlockPointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
5495         T = Ptr->getPointeeType();
5496       else if (const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
5497         T = MemPtr->getPointeeType();
5498 
5499       const FunctionType *FTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>();
5500       assert(FTy && "call to value not of function type?");
5501       ReturnsRetained = FTy->getExtInfo().getProducesResult();
5502 
5503     // ActOnStmtExpr arranges things so that StmtExprs of retainable
5504     // type always produce a +1 object.
5505     } else if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) {
5506       ReturnsRetained = true;
5507 
5508     // We hit this case with the lambda conversion-to-block optimization;
5509     // we don't want any extra casts here.
5510     } else if (isa<CastExpr>(E) &&
5511                isa<BlockExpr>(cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr())) {
5512       return E;
5513 
5514     // For message sends and property references, we try to find an
5515     // actual method.  FIXME: we should infer retention by selector in
5516     // cases where we don't have an actual method.
5517     } else {
5518       ObjCMethodDecl *D = nullptr;
5519       if (ObjCMessageExpr *Send = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) {
5520         D = Send->getMethodDecl();
5521       } else if (ObjCBoxedExpr *BoxedExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)) {
5522         D = BoxedExpr->getBoxingMethod();
5523       } else if (ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLit = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E)) {
5524         D = ArrayLit->getArrayWithObjectsMethod();
5525       } else if (ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictLit
5526                                         = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E)) {
5527         D = DictLit->getDictWithObjectsMethod();
5528       }
5529 
5530       ReturnsRetained = (D && D->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>());
5531 
5532       // Don't do reclaims on performSelector calls; despite their
5533       // return type, the invoked method doesn't necessarily actually
5534       // return an object.
5535       if (!ReturnsRetained &&
5536           D && D->getMethodFamily() == OMF_performSelector)
5537         return E;
5538     }
5539 
5540     // Don't reclaim an object of Class type.
5541     if (!ReturnsRetained && E->getType()->isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType())
5542       return E;
5543 
5544     ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
5545 
5546     CastKind ck = (ReturnsRetained ? CK_ARCConsumeObject
5547                                    : CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject);
5548     return ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, E->getType(), ck, E, nullptr,
5549                                     VK_RValue);
5550   }
5551 
5552   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
5553     return E;
5554 
5555   // Search for the base element type (cf. ASTContext::getBaseElementType) with
5556   // a fast path for the common case that the type is directly a RecordType.
5557   const Type *T = Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType().getTypePtr());
5558   const RecordType *RT = nullptr;
5559   while (!RT) {
5560     switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
5561     case Type::Record:
5562       RT = cast<RecordType>(T);
5563       break;
5564     case Type::ConstantArray:
5565     case Type::IncompleteArray:
5566     case Type::VariableArray:
5567     case Type::DependentSizedArray:
5568       T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
5569       break;
5570     default:
5571       return E;
5572     }
5573   }
5574 
5575   // That should be enough to guarantee that this type is complete, if we're
5576   // not processing a decltype expression.
5577   CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
5578   if (RD->isInvalidDecl() || RD->isDependentContext())
5579     return E;
5580 
5581   bool IsDecltype = ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype;
5582   CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = IsDecltype ? nullptr : LookupDestructor(RD);
5583 
5584   if (Destructor) {
5585     MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
5586     CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
5587                           PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp)
5588                             << E->getType());
5589     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc()))
5590       return ExprError();
5591 
5592     // If destructor is trivial, we can avoid the extra copy.
5593     if (Destructor->isTrivial())
5594       return E;
5595 
5596     // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary.
5597     ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
5598   }
5599 
5600   CXXTemporary *Temp = CXXTemporary::Create(Context, Destructor);
5601   CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = CXXBindTemporaryExpr::Create(Context, Temp, E);
5602 
5603   if (IsDecltype)
5604     ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.push_back(Bind);
5605 
5606   return Bind;
5607 }
5608 
5609 ExprResult
5610 Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr) {
5611   if (SubExpr.isInvalid())
5612     return ExprError();
5613 
5614   return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(SubExpr.get());
5615 }
5616 
5617 Expr *Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr) {
5618   assert(SubExpr && "subexpression can't be null!");
5619 
5620   CleanupVarDeclMarking();
5621 
5622   unsigned FirstCleanup = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects;
5623   assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() >= FirstCleanup);
5624   assert(ExprNeedsCleanups || ExprCleanupObjects.size() == FirstCleanup);
5625   if (!ExprNeedsCleanups)
5626     return SubExpr;
5627 
5628   auto Cleanups = llvm::makeArrayRef(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + FirstCleanup,
5629                                      ExprCleanupObjects.size() - FirstCleanup);
5630 
5631   Expr *E = ExprWithCleanups::Create(Context, SubExpr, Cleanups);
5632   DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
5633 
5634   return E;
5635 }
5636 
5637 Stmt *Sema::MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt) {
5638   assert(SubStmt && "sub-statement can't be null!");
5639 
5640   CleanupVarDeclMarking();
5641 
5642   if (!ExprNeedsCleanups)
5643     return SubStmt;
5644 
5645   // FIXME: In order to attach the temporaries, wrap the statement into
5646   // a StmtExpr; currently this is only used for asm statements.
5647   // This is hacky, either create a new CXXStmtWithTemporaries statement or
5648   // a new AsmStmtWithTemporaries.
5649   CompoundStmt *CompStmt = new (Context) CompoundStmt(Context, SubStmt,
5650                                                       SourceLocation(),
5651                                                       SourceLocation());
5652   Expr *E = new (Context) StmtExpr(CompStmt, Context.VoidTy, SourceLocation(),
5653                                    SourceLocation());
5654   return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(E);
5655 }
5656 
5657 /// Process the expression contained within a decltype. For such expressions,
5658 /// certain semantic checks on temporaries are delayed until this point, and
5659 /// are omitted for the 'topmost' call in the decltype expression. If the
5660 /// topmost call bound a temporary, strip that temporary off the expression.
5661 ExprResult Sema::ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E) {
5662   assert(ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype && "not in a decltype expression");
5663 
5664   // C++11 [expr.call]p11:
5665   //   If a function call is a prvalue of object type,
5666   // -- if the function call is either
5667   //   -- the operand of a decltype-specifier, or
5668   //   -- the right operand of a comma operator that is the operand of a
5669   //      decltype-specifier,
5670   //   a temporary object is not introduced for the prvalue.
5671 
5672   // Recursively rebuild ParenExprs and comma expressions to strip out the
5673   // outermost CXXBindTemporaryExpr, if any.
5674   if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) {
5675     ExprResult SubExpr = ActOnDecltypeExpression(PE->getSubExpr());
5676     if (SubExpr.isInvalid())
5677       return ExprError();
5678     if (SubExpr.get() == PE->getSubExpr())
5679       return E;
5680     return ActOnParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr.get());
5681   }
5682   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
5683     if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
5684       ExprResult RHS = ActOnDecltypeExpression(BO->getRHS());
5685       if (RHS.isInvalid())
5686         return ExprError();
5687       if (RHS.get() == BO->getRHS())
5688         return E;
5689       return new (Context) BinaryOperator(
5690           BO->getLHS(), RHS.get(), BO_Comma, BO->getType(), BO->getValueKind(),
5691           BO->getObjectKind(), BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->isFPContractable());
5692     }
5693   }
5694 
5695   CXXBindTemporaryExpr *TopBind = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E);
5696   CallExpr *TopCall = TopBind ? dyn_cast<CallExpr>(TopBind->getSubExpr())
5697                               : nullptr;
5698   if (TopCall)
5699     E = TopCall;
5700   else
5701     TopBind = nullptr;
5702 
5703   // Disable the special decltype handling now.
5704   ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype = false;
5705 
5706   // In MS mode, don't perform any extra checking of call return types within a
5707   // decltype expression.
5708   if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
5709     return E;
5710 
5711   // Perform the semantic checks we delayed until this point.
5712   for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls.size();
5713        I != N; ++I) {
5714     CallExpr *Call = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls[I];
5715     if (Call == TopCall)
5716       continue;
5717 
5718     if (CheckCallReturnType(Call->getCallReturnType(Context),
5719                             Call->getLocStart(),
5720                             Call, Call->getDirectCallee()))
5721       return ExprError();
5722   }
5723 
5724   // Now all relevant types are complete, check the destructors are accessible
5725   // and non-deleted, and annotate them on the temporaries.
5726   for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.size();
5727        I != N; ++I) {
5728     CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind =
5729       ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds[I];
5730     if (Bind == TopBind)
5731       continue;
5732 
5733     CXXTemporary *Temp = Bind->getTemporary();
5734 
5735     CXXRecordDecl *RD =
5736       Bind->getType()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
5737     CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD);
5738     Temp->setDestructor(Destructor);
5739 
5740     MarkFunctionReferenced(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
5741     CheckDestructorAccess(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
5742                           PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp)
5743                             << Bind->getType());
5744     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, Bind->getExprLoc()))
5745       return ExprError();
5746 
5747     // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary.
5748     ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
5749   }
5750 
5751   // Possibly strip off the top CXXBindTemporaryExpr.
5752   return E;
5753 }
5754 
5755 /// Note a set of 'operator->' functions that were used for a member access.
5756 static void noteOperatorArrows(Sema &S,
5757                                ArrayRef<FunctionDecl *> OperatorArrows) {
5758   unsigned SkipStart = OperatorArrows.size(), SkipCount = 0;
5759   // FIXME: Make this configurable?
5760   unsigned Limit = 9;
5761   if (OperatorArrows.size() > Limit) {
5762     // Produce Limit-1 normal notes and one 'skipping' note.
5763     SkipStart = (Limit - 1) / 2 + (Limit - 1) % 2;
5764     SkipCount = OperatorArrows.size() - (Limit - 1);
5765   }
5766 
5767   for (unsigned I = 0; I < OperatorArrows.size(); /**/) {
5768     if (I == SkipStart) {
5769       S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(),
5770              diag::note_operator_arrows_suppressed)
5771           << SkipCount;
5772       I += SkipCount;
5773     } else {
5774       S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), diag::note_operator_arrow_here)
5775           << OperatorArrows[I]->getCallResultType();
5776       ++I;
5777     }
5778   }
5779 }
5780 
5781 ExprResult Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
5782                                               SourceLocation OpLoc,
5783                                               tok::TokenKind OpKind,
5784                                               ParsedType &ObjectType,
5785                                               bool &MayBePseudoDestructor) {
5786   // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
5787   ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Base);
5788   if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
5789   Base = Result.get();
5790 
5791   Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base);
5792   if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
5793   Base = Result.get();
5794 
5795   QualType BaseType = Base->getType();
5796   MayBePseudoDestructor = false;
5797   if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
5798     // If we have a pointer to a dependent type and are using the -> operator,
5799     // the object type is the type that the pointer points to. We might still
5800     // have enough information about that type to do something useful.
5801     if (OpKind == tok::arrow)
5802       if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
5803         BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
5804 
5805     ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
5806     MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
5807     return Base;
5808   }
5809 
5810   // C++ [over.match.oper]p8:
5811   //   [...] When operator->returns, the operator-> is applied  to the value
5812   //   returned, with the original second operand.
5813   if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
5814     QualType StartingType = BaseType;
5815     bool NoArrowOperatorFound = false;
5816     bool FirstIteration = true;
5817     FunctionDecl *CurFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext);
5818     // The set of types we've considered so far.
5819     llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType,8> CTypes;
5820     SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 8> OperatorArrows;
5821     CTypes.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType));
5822 
5823     while (BaseType->isRecordType()) {
5824       if (OperatorArrows.size() >= getLangOpts().ArrowDepth) {
5825         Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_depth_exceeded)
5826           << StartingType << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth << Base->getSourceRange();
5827         noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows);
5828         Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_operator_arrow_depth)
5829           << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth;
5830         return ExprError();
5831       }
5832 
5833       Result = BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(
5834           S, Base, OpLoc,
5835           // When in a template specialization and on the first loop iteration,
5836           // potentially give the default diagnostic (with the fixit in a
5837           // separate note) instead of having the error reported back to here
5838           // and giving a diagnostic with a fixit attached to the error itself.
5839           (FirstIteration && CurFD && CurFD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
5840               ? nullptr
5841               : &NoArrowOperatorFound);
5842       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
5843         if (NoArrowOperatorFound) {
5844           if (FirstIteration) {
5845             Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
5846               << BaseType << 1 << Base->getSourceRange()
5847               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
5848             OpKind = tok::period;
5849             break;
5850           }
5851           Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
5852             << BaseType << Base->getSourceRange();
5853           CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Base);
5854           if (Decl *CD = (CE ? CE->getCalleeDecl() : nullptr)) {
5855             Diag(CD->getLocStart(),
5856                  diag::note_member_reference_arrow_from_operator_arrow);
5857           }
5858         }
5859         return ExprError();
5860       }
5861       Base = Result.get();
5862       if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *OpCall = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(Base))
5863         OperatorArrows.push_back(OpCall->getDirectCallee());
5864       BaseType = Base->getType();
5865       CanQualType CBaseType = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType);
5866       if (!CTypes.insert(CBaseType).second) {
5867         Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_circular) << StartingType;
5868         noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows);
5869         return ExprError();
5870       }
5871       FirstIteration = false;
5872     }
5873 
5874     if (OpKind == tok::arrow &&
5875         (BaseType->isPointerType() || BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()))
5876       BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
5877   }
5878 
5879   // Objective-C properties allow "." access on Objective-C pointer types,
5880   // so adjust the base type to the object type itself.
5881   if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
5882     BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
5883 
5884   // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2:
5885   //   [...] If the type of the object expression is of pointer to scalar
5886   //   type, the unqualified-id is looked up in the context of the complete
5887   //   postfix-expression.
5888   //
5889   // This also indicates that we could be parsing a pseudo-destructor-name.
5890   // Note that Objective-C class and object types can be pseudo-destructor
5891   // expressions or normal member (ivar or property) access expressions, and
5892   // it's legal for the type to be incomplete if this is a pseudo-destructor
5893   // call.  We'll do more incomplete-type checks later in the lookup process,
5894   // so just skip this check for ObjC types.
5895   if (BaseType->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) {
5896     ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
5897     MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
5898     return Base;
5899   } else if (!BaseType->isRecordType()) {
5900     ObjectType = nullptr;
5901     MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
5902     return Base;
5903   }
5904 
5905   // The object type must be complete (or dependent), or
5906   // C++11 [expr.prim.general]p3:
5907   //   Unlike the object expression in other contexts, *this is not required to
5908   //   be of complete type for purposes of class member access (5.2.5) outside
5909   //   the member function body.
5910   if (!BaseType->isDependentType() &&
5911       !isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(BaseType) &&
5912       RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType, diag::err_incomplete_member_access))
5913     return ExprError();
5914 
5915   // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2:
5916   //   If the id-expression in a class member access (5.2.5) is an
5917   //   unqualified-id, and the type of the object expression is of a class
5918   //   type C (or of pointer to a class type C), the unqualified-id is looked
5919   //   up in the scope of class C. [...]
5920   ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
5921   return Base;
5922 }
5923 
5924 static bool CheckArrow(Sema& S, QualType& ObjectType, Expr *&Base,
5925                    tok::TokenKind& OpKind, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
5926   if (Base->hasPlaceholderType()) {
5927     ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base);
5928     if (result.isInvalid()) return true;
5929     Base = result.get();
5930   }
5931   ObjectType = Base->getType();
5932 
5933   // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
5934   //   The left-hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
5935   //   left-hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar type.
5936   //   This scalar type is the object type.
5937   // Note that this is rather different from the normal handling for the
5938   // arrow operator.
5939   if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
5940     if (const PointerType *Ptr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
5941       ObjectType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
5942     } else if (!Base->isTypeDependent()) {
5943       // The user wrote "p->" when she probably meant "p."; fix it.
5944       S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
5945         << ObjectType << true
5946         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
5947       if (S.isSFINAEContext())
5948         return true;
5949 
5950       OpKind = tok::period;
5951     }
5952   }
5953 
5954   return false;
5955 }
5956 
5957 ExprResult Sema::BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
5958                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
5959                                            tok::TokenKind OpKind,
5960                                            const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5961                                            TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo,
5962                                            SourceLocation CCLoc,
5963                                            SourceLocation TildeLoc,
5964                                          PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed) {
5965   TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = Destructed.getTypeSourceInfo();
5966 
5967   QualType ObjectType;
5968   if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
5969     return ExprError();
5970 
5971   if (!ObjectType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isScalarType() &&
5972       !ObjectType->isVectorType()) {
5973     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && ObjectType->isVoidType())
5974       Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_pseudo_dtor_on_void) << Base->getSourceRange();
5975     else {
5976       Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
5977         << ObjectType << Base->getSourceRange();
5978       return ExprError();
5979     }
5980   }
5981 
5982   // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
5983   //   [...] The cv-unqualified versions of the object type and of the type
5984   //   designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the same type.
5985   if (DestructedTypeInfo) {
5986     QualType DestructedType = DestructedTypeInfo->getType();
5987     SourceLocation DestructedTypeStart
5988       = DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin();
5989     if (!DestructedType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType()) {
5990       if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestructedType, ObjectType)) {
5991         Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
5992           << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange()
5993           << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
5994 
5995         // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type.
5996         DestructedType = ObjectType;
5997         DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType,
5998                                                            DestructedTypeStart);
5999         Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
6000       } else if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() !=
6001                                                 ObjectType.getObjCLifetime()) {
6002 
6003         if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
6004           // Okay: just pretend that the user provided the correctly-qualified
6005           // type.
6006         } else {
6007           Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_arc_pseudo_dtor_inconstant_quals)
6008             << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange()
6009             << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
6010         }
6011 
6012         // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type.
6013         DestructedType = ObjectType;
6014         DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType,
6015                                                            DestructedTypeStart);
6016         Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
6017       }
6018     }
6019   }
6020 
6021   // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
6022   //   [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of the
6023   //   form
6024   //
6025   //     ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ~ type-name
6026   //
6027   //   shall designate the same scalar type.
6028   if (ScopeTypeInfo) {
6029     QualType ScopeType = ScopeTypeInfo->getType();
6030     if (!ScopeType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType() &&
6031         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ScopeType, ObjectType)) {
6032 
6033       Diag(ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(),
6034            diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
6035         << ObjectType << ScopeType << Base->getSourceRange()
6036         << ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
6037 
6038       ScopeType = QualType();
6039       ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr;
6040     }
6041   }
6042 
6043   Expr *Result
6044     = new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, Base,
6045                                             OpKind == tok::arrow, OpLoc,
6046                                             SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
6047                                             ScopeTypeInfo,
6048                                             CCLoc,
6049                                             TildeLoc,
6050                                             Destructed);
6051 
6052   return Result;
6053 }
6054 
6055 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
6056                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
6057                                            tok::TokenKind OpKind,
6058                                            CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6059                                            UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
6060                                            SourceLocation CCLoc,
6061                                            SourceLocation TildeLoc,
6062                                            UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName) {
6063   assert((FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
6064           FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) &&
6065          "Invalid first type name in pseudo-destructor");
6066   assert((SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
6067           SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) &&
6068          "Invalid second type name in pseudo-destructor");
6069 
6070   QualType ObjectType;
6071   if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
6072     return ExprError();
6073 
6074   // Compute the object type that we should use for name lookup purposes. Only
6075   // record types and dependent types matter.
6076   ParsedType ObjectTypePtrForLookup;
6077   if (!SS.isSet()) {
6078     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
6079       ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(ObjectType);
6080     else if (ObjectType->isDependentType())
6081       ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(Context.DependentTy);
6082   }
6083 
6084   // Convert the name of the type being destructed (following the ~) into a
6085   // type (with source-location information).
6086   QualType DestructedType;
6087   TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = nullptr;
6088   PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed;
6089   if (SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
6090     ParsedType T = getTypeName(*SecondTypeName.Identifier,
6091                                SecondTypeName.StartLocation,
6092                                S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup);
6093     if (!T &&
6094         ((SS.isSet() && !computeDeclContext(SS, false)) ||
6095          (!SS.isSet() && ObjectType->isDependentType()))) {
6096       // The name of the type being destroyed is a dependent name, and we
6097       // couldn't find anything useful in scope. Just store the identifier and
6098       // it's location, and we'll perform (qualified) name lookup again at
6099       // template instantiation time.
6100       Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(SecondTypeName.Identifier,
6101                                                SecondTypeName.StartLocation);
6102     } else if (!T) {
6103       Diag(SecondTypeName.StartLocation,
6104            diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type)
6105         << SecondTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType;
6106       if (isSFINAEContext())
6107         return ExprError();
6108 
6109       // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along.
6110       DestructedType = ObjectType;
6111     } else
6112       DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &DestructedTypeInfo);
6113   } else {
6114     // Resolve the template-id to a type.
6115     TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = SecondTypeName.TemplateId;
6116     ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
6117                                        TemplateId->NumArgs);
6118     TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS,
6119                                        TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc,
6120                                        TemplateId->Template,
6121                                        TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
6122                                        TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
6123                                        TemplateArgsPtr,
6124                                        TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
6125     if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) {
6126       // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along.
6127       DestructedType = ObjectType;
6128     } else
6129       DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &DestructedTypeInfo);
6130   }
6131 
6132   // If we've performed some kind of recovery, (re-)build the type source
6133   // information.
6134   if (!DestructedType.isNull()) {
6135     if (!DestructedTypeInfo)
6136       DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(DestructedType,
6137                                                   SecondTypeName.StartLocation);
6138     Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
6139   }
6140 
6141   // Convert the name of the scope type (the type prior to '::') into a type.
6142   TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr;
6143   QualType ScopeType;
6144   if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
6145       FirstTypeName.Identifier) {
6146     if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
6147       ParsedType T = getTypeName(*FirstTypeName.Identifier,
6148                                  FirstTypeName.StartLocation,
6149                                  S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup);
6150       if (!T) {
6151         Diag(FirstTypeName.StartLocation,
6152              diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type)
6153           << FirstTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType;
6154 
6155         if (isSFINAEContext())
6156           return ExprError();
6157 
6158         // Just drop this type. It's unnecessary anyway.
6159         ScopeType = QualType();
6160       } else
6161         ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &ScopeTypeInfo);
6162     } else {
6163       // Resolve the template-id to a type.
6164       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = FirstTypeName.TemplateId;
6165       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
6166                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
6167       TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS,
6168                                          TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc,
6169                                          TemplateId->Template,
6170                                          TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
6171                                          TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
6172                                          TemplateArgsPtr,
6173                                          TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
6174       if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) {
6175         // Recover by dropping this type.
6176         ScopeType = QualType();
6177       } else
6178         ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &ScopeTypeInfo);
6179     }
6180   }
6181 
6182   if (!ScopeType.isNull() && !ScopeTypeInfo)
6183     ScopeTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ScopeType,
6184                                                   FirstTypeName.StartLocation);
6185 
6186 
6187   return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, SS,
6188                                    ScopeTypeInfo, CCLoc, TildeLoc,
6189                                    Destructed);
6190 }
6191 
6192 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
6193                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
6194                                            tok::TokenKind OpKind,
6195                                            SourceLocation TildeLoc,
6196                                            const DeclSpec& DS) {
6197   QualType ObjectType;
6198   if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
6199     return ExprError();
6200 
6201   QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(),
6202                                  false);
6203 
6204   TypeLocBuilder TLB;
6205   DecltypeTypeLoc DecltypeTL = TLB.push<DecltypeTypeLoc>(T);
6206   DecltypeTL.setNameLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
6207   TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T);
6208   PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed(DestructedTypeInfo);
6209 
6210   return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, CXXScopeSpec(),
6211                                    nullptr, SourceLocation(), TildeLoc,
6212                                    Destructed);
6213 }
6214 
6215 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *E, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
6216                                         CXXConversionDecl *Method,
6217                                         bool HadMultipleCandidates) {
6218   if (Method->getParent()->isLambda() &&
6219       Method->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
6220     // This is a lambda coversion to block pointer; check if the argument
6221     // is a LambdaExpr.
6222     Expr *SubE = E;
6223     CastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(SubE);
6224     if (CE && CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
6225       SubE = CE->getSubExpr();
6226     SubE = SubE->IgnoreParens();
6227     if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(SubE))
6228       SubE = BE->getSubExpr();
6229     if (isa<LambdaExpr>(SubE)) {
6230       // For the conversion to block pointer on a lambda expression, we
6231       // construct a special BlockLiteral instead; this doesn't really make
6232       // a difference in ARC, but outside of ARC the resulting block literal
6233       // follows the normal lifetime rules for block literals instead of being
6234       // autoreleased.
6235       DiagnosticErrorTrap Trap(Diags);
6236       ExprResult Exp = BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(E->getExprLoc(),
6237                                                      E->getExprLoc(),
6238                                                      Method, E);
6239       if (Exp.isInvalid())
6240         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_lambda_to_block_conv);
6241       return Exp;
6242     }
6243   }
6244 
6245   ExprResult Exp = PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(E, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr,
6246                                           FoundDecl, Method);
6247   if (Exp.isInvalid())
6248     return true;
6249 
6250   MemberExpr *ME = new (Context) MemberExpr(
6251       Exp.get(), /*IsArrow=*/false, SourceLocation(), Method, SourceLocation(),
6252       Context.BoundMemberTy, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary);
6253   if (HadMultipleCandidates)
6254     ME->setHadMultipleCandidates(true);
6255   MarkMemberReferenced(ME);
6256 
6257   QualType ResultType = Method->getReturnType();
6258   ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultType);
6259   ResultType = ResultType.getNonLValueExprType(Context);
6260 
6261   CXXMemberCallExpr *CE =
6262     new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, ME, None, ResultType, VK,
6263                                     Exp.get()->getLocEnd());
6264   return CE;
6265 }
6266 
6267 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
6268                                       SourceLocation RParen) {
6269   // If the operand is an unresolved lookup expression, the expression is ill-
6270   // formed per [over.over]p1, because overloaded function names cannot be used
6271   // without arguments except in explicit contexts.
6272   ExprResult R = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Operand);
6273   if (R.isInvalid())
6274     return R;
6275 
6276   // The operand may have been modified when checking the placeholder type.
6277   Operand = R.get();
6278 
6279   if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
6280       Operand->HasSideEffects(Context, false)) {
6281     // The expression operand for noexcept is in an unevaluated expression
6282     // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences.
6283     Diag(Operand->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context);
6284   }
6285 
6286   CanThrowResult CanThrow = canThrow(Operand);
6287   return new (Context)
6288       CXXNoexceptExpr(Context.BoolTy, Operand, CanThrow, KeyLoc, RParen);
6289 }
6290 
6291 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation,
6292                                    Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen) {
6293   return BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(KeyLoc, Operand, RParen);
6294 }
6295 
6296 static bool IsSpecialDiscardedValue(Expr *E) {
6297   // In C++11, discarded-value expressions of a certain form are special,
6298   // according to [expr]p10:
6299   //   The lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1) is applied only if the
6300   //   expression is an lvalue of volatile-qualified type and it has
6301   //   one of the following forms:
6302   E = E->IgnoreParens();
6303 
6304   //   - id-expression (5.1.1),
6305   if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
6306     return true;
6307 
6308   //   - subscripting (5.2.1),
6309   if (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E))
6310     return true;
6311 
6312   //   - class member access (5.2.5),
6313   if (isa<MemberExpr>(E))
6314     return true;
6315 
6316   //   - indirection (5.3.1),
6317   if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E))
6318     if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref)
6319       return true;
6320 
6321   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
6322     //   - pointer-to-member operation (5.5),
6323     if (BO->isPtrMemOp())
6324       return true;
6325 
6326     //   - comma expression (5.18) where the right operand is one of the above.
6327     if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma)
6328       return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BO->getRHS());
6329   }
6330 
6331   //   - conditional expression (5.16) where both the second and the third
6332   //     operands are one of the above, or
6333   if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E))
6334     return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getTrueExpr()) &&
6335            IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
6336   // The related edge case of "*x ?: *x".
6337   if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO =
6338           dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) {
6339     if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(BCO->getTrueExpr()))
6340       return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()) &&
6341              IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BCO->getFalseExpr());
6342   }
6343 
6344   // Objective-C++ extensions to the rule.
6345   if (isa<PseudoObjectExpr>(E) || isa<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E))
6346     return true;
6347 
6348   return false;
6349 }
6350 
6351 /// Perform the conversions required for an expression used in a
6352 /// context that ignores the result.
6353 ExprResult Sema::IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E) {
6354   if (E->hasPlaceholderType()) {
6355     ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
6356     if (result.isInvalid()) return E;
6357     E = result.get();
6358   }
6359 
6360   // C99 6.3.2.1:
6361   //   [Except in specific positions,] an lvalue that does not have
6362   //   array type is converted to the value stored in the
6363   //   designated object (and is no longer an lvalue).
6364   if (E->isRValue()) {
6365     // In C, function designators (i.e. expressions of function type)
6366     // are r-values, but we still want to do function-to-pointer decay
6367     // on them.  This is both technically correct and convenient for
6368     // some clients.
6369     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->getType()->isFunctionType())
6370       return DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
6371 
6372     return E;
6373   }
6374 
6375   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)  {
6376     // The C++11 standard defines the notion of a discarded-value expression;
6377     // normally, we don't need to do anything to handle it, but if it is a
6378     // volatile lvalue with a special form, we perform an lvalue-to-rvalue
6379     // conversion.
6380     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && E->isGLValue() &&
6381         E->getType().isVolatileQualified() &&
6382         IsSpecialDiscardedValue(E)) {
6383       ExprResult Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(E);
6384       if (Res.isInvalid())
6385         return E;
6386       E = Res.get();
6387     }
6388     return E;
6389   }
6390 
6391   // GCC seems to also exclude expressions of incomplete enum type.
6392   if (const EnumType *T = E->getType()->getAs<EnumType>()) {
6393     if (!T->getDecl()->isComplete()) {
6394       // FIXME: stupid workaround for a codegen bug!
6395       E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid).get();
6396       return E;
6397     }
6398   }
6399 
6400   ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
6401   if (Res.isInvalid())
6402     return E;
6403   E = Res.get();
6404 
6405   if (!E->getType()->isVoidType())
6406     RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(),
6407                         diag::err_incomplete_type);
6408   return E;
6409 }
6410 
6411 // If we can unambiguously determine whether Var can never be used
6412 // in a constant expression, return true.
6413 //  - if the variable and its initializer are non-dependent, then
6414 //    we can unambiguously check if the variable is a constant expression.
6415 //  - if the initializer is not value dependent - we can determine whether
6416 //    it can be used to initialize a constant expression.  If Init can not
6417 //    be used to initialize a constant expression we conclude that Var can
6418 //    never be a constant expression.
6419 //  - FXIME: if the initializer is dependent, we can still do some analysis and
6420 //    identify certain cases unambiguously as non-const by using a Visitor:
6421 //      - such as those that involve odr-use of a ParmVarDecl, involve a new
6422 //        delete, lambda-expr, dynamic-cast, reinterpret-cast etc...
6423 static inline bool VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(VarDecl *Var,
6424     ASTContext &Context) {
6425   if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var)) return true;
6426   const VarDecl *DefVD = nullptr;
6427 
6428   // If there is no initializer - this can not be a constant expression.
6429   if (!Var->getAnyInitializer(DefVD)) return true;
6430   assert(DefVD);
6431   if (DefVD->isWeak()) return false;
6432   EvaluatedStmt *Eval = DefVD->ensureEvaluatedStmt();
6433 
6434   Expr *Init = cast<Expr>(Eval->Value);
6435 
6436   if (Var->getType()->isDependentType() || Init->isValueDependent()) {
6437     // FIXME: Teach the constant evaluator to deal with the non-dependent parts
6438     // of value-dependent expressions, and use it here to determine whether the
6439     // initializer is a potential constant expression.
6440     return false;
6441   }
6442 
6443   return !IsVariableAConstantExpression(Var, Context);
6444 }
6445 
6446 /// \brief Check if the current lambda has any potential captures
6447 /// that must be captured by any of its enclosing lambdas that are ready to
6448 /// capture. If there is a lambda that can capture a nested
6449 /// potential-capture, go ahead and do so.  Also, check to see if any
6450 /// variables are uncaptureable or do not involve an odr-use so do not
6451 /// need to be captured.
6452 
6453 static void CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(
6454     Expr *const FE, LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI, Sema &S) {
6455 
6456   assert(!S.isUnevaluatedContext());
6457   assert(S.CurContext->isDependentContext());
6458   assert(CurrentLSI->CallOperator == S.CurContext &&
6459       "The current call operator must be synchronized with Sema's CurContext");
6460 
6461   const bool IsFullExprInstantiationDependent = FE->isInstantiationDependent();
6462 
6463   ArrayRef<const FunctionScopeInfo *> FunctionScopesArrayRef(
6464       S.FunctionScopes.data(), S.FunctionScopes.size());
6465 
6466   // All the potentially captureable variables in the current nested
6467   // lambda (within a generic outer lambda), must be captured by an
6468   // outer lambda that is enclosed within a non-dependent context.
6469   const unsigned NumPotentialCaptures =
6470       CurrentLSI->getNumPotentialVariableCaptures();
6471   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumPotentialCaptures; ++I) {
6472     Expr *VarExpr = nullptr;
6473     VarDecl *Var = nullptr;
6474     CurrentLSI->getPotentialVariableCapture(I, Var, VarExpr);
6475     // If the variable is clearly identified as non-odr-used and the full
6476     // expression is not instantiation dependent, only then do we not
6477     // need to check enclosing lambda's for speculative captures.
6478     // For e.g.:
6479     // Even though 'x' is not odr-used, it should be captured.
6480     // int test() {
6481     //   const int x = 10;
6482     //   auto L = [=](auto a) {
6483     //     (void) +x + a;
6484     //   };
6485     // }
6486     if (CurrentLSI->isVariableExprMarkedAsNonODRUsed(VarExpr) &&
6487         !IsFullExprInstantiationDependent)
6488       continue;
6489 
6490     // If we have a capture-capable lambda for the variable, go ahead and
6491     // capture the variable in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas).
6492     if (const Optional<unsigned> Index =
6493             getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda(
6494                 FunctionScopesArrayRef, Var, S)) {
6495       const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue();
6496       MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, VarExpr->getExprLoc(), S,
6497                          &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda);
6498     }
6499     const bool IsVarNeverAConstantExpression =
6500         VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(Var, S.Context);
6501     if (!IsFullExprInstantiationDependent || IsVarNeverAConstantExpression) {
6502       // This full expression is not instantiation dependent or the variable
6503       // can not be used in a constant expression - which means
6504       // this variable must be odr-used here, so diagnose a
6505       // capture violation early, if the variable is un-captureable.
6506       // This is purely for diagnosing errors early.  Otherwise, this
6507       // error would get diagnosed when the lambda becomes capture ready.
6508       QualType CaptureType, DeclRefType;
6509       SourceLocation ExprLoc = VarExpr->getExprLoc();
6510       if (S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit,
6511                           /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
6512                           /*BuildAndDiagnose*/false, CaptureType,
6513                           DeclRefType, nullptr)) {
6514         // We will never be able to capture this variable, and we need
6515         // to be able to in any and all instantiations, so diagnose it.
6516         S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit,
6517                           /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
6518                           /*BuildAndDiagnose*/true, CaptureType,
6519                           DeclRefType, nullptr);
6520       }
6521     }
6522   }
6523 
6524   // Check if 'this' needs to be captured.
6525   if (CurrentLSI->hasPotentialThisCapture()) {
6526     // If we have a capture-capable lambda for 'this', go ahead and capture
6527     // 'this' in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas).
6528     if (const Optional<unsigned> Index =
6529             getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda(
6530                 FunctionScopesArrayRef, /*0 is 'this'*/ nullptr, S)) {
6531       const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue();
6532       S.CheckCXXThisCapture(CurrentLSI->PotentialThisCaptureLocation,
6533                             /*Explicit*/ false, /*BuildAndDiagnose*/ true,
6534                             &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda);
6535     }
6536   }
6537 
6538   // Reset all the potential captures at the end of each full-expression.
6539   CurrentLSI->clearPotentialCaptures();
6540 }
6541 
6542 static ExprResult attemptRecovery(Sema &SemaRef,
6543                                   const TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer,
6544                                   TypoCorrection TC) {
6545   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupNameInfo(),
6546                  Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupKind());
6547   const CXXScopeSpec *SS = Consumer.getSS();
6548   CXXScopeSpec NewSS;
6549 
6550   // Use an approprate CXXScopeSpec for building the expr.
6551   if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier())
6552     NewSS.MakeTrivial(SemaRef.Context, NNS, TC.getCorrectionRange());
6553   else if (SS && !TC.WillReplaceSpecifier())
6554     NewSS = *SS;
6555 
6556   if (auto *ND = TC.getFoundDecl()) {
6557     R.setLookupName(ND->getDeclName());
6558     R.addDecl(ND);
6559     if (ND->isCXXClassMember()) {
6560       // Figure out the correct naming class to add to the LookupResult.
6561       CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
6562       if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier())
6563         Record = NNS->getAsType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
6564       if (!Record)
6565         Record =
6566             dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext());
6567       if (Record)
6568         R.setNamingClass(Record);
6569 
6570       // Detect and handle the case where the decl might be an implicit
6571       // member.
6572       bool MightBeImplicitMember;
6573       if (!Consumer.isAddressOfOperand())
6574         MightBeImplicitMember = true;
6575       else if (!NewSS.isEmpty())
6576         MightBeImplicitMember = false;
6577       else if (R.isOverloadedResult())
6578         MightBeImplicitMember = false;
6579       else if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
6580         MightBeImplicitMember = true;
6581       else
6582         MightBeImplicitMember = isa<FieldDecl>(ND) ||
6583                                 isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(ND) ||
6584                                 isa<MSPropertyDecl>(ND);
6585 
6586       if (MightBeImplicitMember)
6587         return SemaRef.BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(
6588             NewSS, /*TemplateKWLoc*/ SourceLocation(), R,
6589             /*TemplateArgs*/ nullptr, /*S*/ nullptr);
6590     } else if (auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND)) {
6591       return SemaRef.LookupInObjCMethod(R, Consumer.getScope(),
6592                                         Ivar->getIdentifier());
6593     }
6594   }
6595 
6596   return SemaRef.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(NewSS, R, /*NeedsADL*/ false,
6597                                           /*AcceptInvalidDecl*/ true);
6598 }
6599 
6600 namespace {
6601 class FindTypoExprs : public RecursiveASTVisitor<FindTypoExprs> {
6602   llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs;
6603 
6604 public:
6605   explicit FindTypoExprs(llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs)
6606       : TypoExprs(TypoExprs) {}
6607   bool VisitTypoExpr(TypoExpr *TE) {
6608     TypoExprs.insert(TE);
6609     return true;
6610   }
6611 };
6612 
6613 class TransformTypos : public TreeTransform<TransformTypos> {
6614   typedef TreeTransform<TransformTypos> BaseTransform;
6615 
6616   VarDecl *InitDecl; // A decl to avoid as a correction because it is in the
6617                      // process of being initialized.
6618   llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> ExprFilter;
6619   llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> TypoExprs, AmbiguousTypoExprs;
6620   llvm::SmallDenseMap<TypoExpr *, ExprResult, 2> TransformCache;
6621   llvm::SmallDenseMap<OverloadExpr *, Expr *, 4> OverloadResolution;
6622 
6623   /// \brief Emit diagnostics for all of the TypoExprs encountered.
6624   /// If the TypoExprs were successfully corrected, then the diagnostics should
6625   /// suggest the corrections. Otherwise the diagnostics will not suggest
6626   /// anything (having been passed an empty TypoCorrection).
6627   void EmitAllDiagnostics() {
6628     for (auto E : TypoExprs) {
6629       TypoExpr *TE = cast<TypoExpr>(E);
6630       auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE);
6631       if (State.DiagHandler) {
6632         TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getCurrentCorrection();
6633         ExprResult Replacement = TransformCache[TE];
6634 
6635         // Extract the NamedDecl from the transformed TypoExpr and add it to the
6636         // TypoCorrection, replacing the existing decls. This ensures the right
6637         // NamedDecl is used in diagnostics e.g. in the case where overload
6638         // resolution was used to select one from several possible decls that
6639         // had been stored in the TypoCorrection.
6640         if (auto *ND = getDeclFromExpr(
6641                 Replacement.isInvalid() ? nullptr : Replacement.get()))
6642           TC.setCorrectionDecl(ND);
6643 
6644         State.DiagHandler(TC);
6645       }
6646       SemaRef.clearDelayedTypo(TE);
6647     }
6648   }
6649 
6650   /// \brief If corrections for the first TypoExpr have been exhausted for a
6651   /// given combination of the other TypoExprs, retry those corrections against
6652   /// the next combination of substitutions for the other TypoExprs by advancing
6653   /// to the next potential correction of the second TypoExpr. For the second
6654   /// and subsequent TypoExprs, if its stream of corrections has been exhausted,
6655   /// the stream is reset and the next TypoExpr's stream is advanced by one (a
6656   /// TypoExpr's correction stream is advanced by removing the TypoExpr from the
6657   /// TransformCache). Returns true if there is still any untried combinations
6658   /// of corrections.
6659   bool CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams() {
6660     for (auto TE : TypoExprs) {
6661       auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE);
6662       TransformCache.erase(TE);
6663       if (!State.Consumer->finished())
6664         return true;
6665       State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream();
6666     }
6667     return false;
6668   }
6669 
6670   NamedDecl *getDeclFromExpr(Expr *E) {
6671     if (auto *OE = dyn_cast_or_null<OverloadExpr>(E))
6672       E = OverloadResolution[OE];
6673 
6674     if (!E)
6675       return nullptr;
6676     if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
6677       return DRE->getFoundDecl();
6678     if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
6679       return ME->getFoundDecl();
6680     // FIXME: Add any other expr types that could be be seen by the delayed typo
6681     // correction TreeTransform for which the corresponding TypoCorrection could
6682     // contain multiple decls.
6683     return nullptr;
6684   }
6685 
6686   ExprResult TryTransform(Expr *E) {
6687     Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
6688     ExprResult Res = TransformExpr(E);
6689     if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred() || Res.isInvalid())
6690       return ExprError();
6691 
6692     return ExprFilter(Res.get());
6693   }
6694 
6695 public:
6696   TransformTypos(Sema &SemaRef, VarDecl *InitDecl, llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter)
6697       : BaseTransform(SemaRef), InitDecl(InitDecl), ExprFilter(Filter) {}
6698 
6699   ExprResult RebuildCallExpr(Expr *Callee, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6700                                    MultiExprArg Args,
6701                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc,
6702                                    Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr) {
6703     auto Result = BaseTransform::RebuildCallExpr(Callee, LParenLoc, Args,
6704                                                  RParenLoc, ExecConfig);
6705     if (auto *OE = dyn_cast<OverloadExpr>(Callee)) {
6706       if (Result.isUsable()) {
6707         Expr *ResultCall = Result.get();
6708         if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(ResultCall))
6709           ResultCall = BE->getSubExpr();
6710         if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(ResultCall))
6711           OverloadResolution[OE] = CE->getCallee();
6712       }
6713     }
6714     return Result;
6715   }
6716 
6717   ExprResult TransformLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) { return Owned(E); }
6718 
6719   ExprResult TransformBlockExpr(BlockExpr *E) { return Owned(E); }
6720 
6721   ExprResult TransformObjCPropertyRefExpr(ObjCPropertyRefExpr *E) {
6722     return Owned(E);
6723   }
6724 
6725   ExprResult TransformObjCIvarRefExpr(ObjCIvarRefExpr *E) {
6726     return Owned(E);
6727   }
6728 
6729   ExprResult Transform(Expr *E) {
6730     ExprResult Res;
6731     while (true) {
6732       Res = TryTransform(E);
6733 
6734       // Exit if either the transform was valid or if there were no TypoExprs
6735       // to transform that still have any untried correction candidates..
6736       if (!Res.isInvalid() ||
6737           !CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams())
6738         break;
6739     }
6740 
6741     // Ensure none of the TypoExprs have multiple typo correction candidates
6742     // with the same edit length that pass all the checks and filters.
6743     // TODO: Properly handle various permutations of possible corrections when
6744     // there is more than one potentially ambiguous typo correction.
6745     // Also, disable typo correction while attempting the transform when
6746     // handling potentially ambiguous typo corrections as any new TypoExprs will
6747     // have been introduced by the application of one of the correction
6748     // candidates and add little to no value if corrected.
6749     SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true;
6750     while (!AmbiguousTypoExprs.empty()) {
6751       auto TE  = AmbiguousTypoExprs.back();
6752       auto Cached = TransformCache[TE];
6753       auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE);
6754       State.Consumer->saveCurrentPosition();
6755       TransformCache.erase(TE);
6756       if (!TryTransform(E).isInvalid()) {
6757         State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream();
6758         TransformCache.erase(TE);
6759         Res = ExprError();
6760         break;
6761       }
6762       AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(TE);
6763       State.Consumer->restoreSavedPosition();
6764       TransformCache[TE] = Cached;
6765     }
6766     SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = false;
6767 
6768     // Ensure that all of the TypoExprs within the current Expr have been found.
6769     if (!Res.isUsable())
6770       FindTypoExprs(TypoExprs).TraverseStmt(E);
6771 
6772     EmitAllDiagnostics();
6773 
6774     return Res;
6775   }
6776 
6777   ExprResult TransformTypoExpr(TypoExpr *E) {
6778     // If the TypoExpr hasn't been seen before, record it. Otherwise, return the
6779     // cached transformation result if there is one and the TypoExpr isn't the
6780     // first one that was encountered.
6781     auto &CacheEntry = TransformCache[E];
6782     if (!TypoExprs.insert(E) && !CacheEntry.isUnset()) {
6783       return CacheEntry;
6784     }
6785 
6786     auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(E);
6787     assert(State.Consumer && "Cannot transform a cleared TypoExpr");
6788 
6789     // For the first TypoExpr and an uncached TypoExpr, find the next likely
6790     // typo correction and return it.
6791     while (TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getNextCorrection()) {
6792       if (InitDecl && TC.getFoundDecl() == InitDecl)
6793         continue;
6794       ExprResult NE = State.RecoveryHandler ?
6795           State.RecoveryHandler(SemaRef, E, TC) :
6796           attemptRecovery(SemaRef, *State.Consumer, TC);
6797       if (!NE.isInvalid()) {
6798         // Check whether there may be a second viable correction with the same
6799         // edit distance; if so, remember this TypoExpr may have an ambiguous
6800         // correction so it can be more thoroughly vetted later.
6801         TypoCorrection Next;
6802         if ((Next = State.Consumer->peekNextCorrection()) &&
6803             Next.getEditDistance(false) == TC.getEditDistance(false)) {
6804           AmbiguousTypoExprs.insert(E);
6805         } else {
6806           AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(E);
6807         }
6808         assert(!NE.isUnset() &&
6809                "Typo was transformed into a valid-but-null ExprResult");
6810         return CacheEntry = NE;
6811       }
6812     }
6813     return CacheEntry = ExprError();
6814   }
6815 };
6816 }
6817 
6818 ExprResult
6819 Sema::CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl,
6820                                 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) {
6821   // If the current evaluation context indicates there are uncorrected typos
6822   // and the current expression isn't guaranteed to not have typos, try to
6823   // resolve any TypoExpr nodes that might be in the expression.
6824   if (E && !ExprEvalContexts.empty() && ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos &&
6825       (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent() ||
6826        E->isInstantiationDependent())) {
6827     auto TyposInContext = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos;
6828     assert(TyposInContext < ~0U && "Recursive call of CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr");
6829     ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = ~0U;
6830     auto TyposResolved = DelayedTypos.size();
6831     auto Result = TransformTypos(*this, InitDecl, Filter).Transform(E);
6832     ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = TyposInContext;
6833     TyposResolved -= DelayedTypos.size();
6834     if (Result.isInvalid() || Result.get() != E) {
6835       ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos -= TyposResolved;
6836       return Result;
6837     }
6838     assert(TyposResolved == 0 && "Corrected typo but got same Expr back?");
6839   }
6840   return E;
6841 }
6842 
6843 ExprResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *FE, SourceLocation CC,
6844                                      bool DiscardedValue,
6845                                      bool IsConstexpr,
6846                                      bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer) {
6847   ExprResult FullExpr = FE;
6848 
6849   if (!FullExpr.get())
6850     return ExprError();
6851 
6852   // If we are an init-expression in a lambdas init-capture, we should not
6853   // diagnose an unexpanded pack now (will be diagnosed once lambda-expr
6854   // containing full-expression is done).
6855   // template<class ... Ts> void test(Ts ... t) {
6856   //   test([&a(t)]() { <-- (t) is an init-expr that shouldn't be diagnosed now.
6857   //     return a;
6858   //   }() ...);
6859   // }
6860   // FIXME: This is a hack. It would be better if we pushed the lambda scope
6861   // when we parse the lambda introducer, and teach capturing (but not
6862   // unexpanded pack detection) to walk over LambdaScopeInfos which don't have a
6863   // corresponding class yet (that is, have LambdaScopeInfo either represent a
6864   // lambda where we've entered the introducer but not the body, or represent a
6865   // lambda where we've entered the body, depending on where the
6866   // parser/instantiation has got to).
6867   if (!IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer &&
6868       DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(FullExpr.get()))
6869     return ExprError();
6870 
6871   // Top-level expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
6872   if (DiscardedValue && getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
6873       FullExpr.get()->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
6874     FullExpr = forceUnknownAnyToType(FullExpr.get(), Context.getObjCIdType());
6875     if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
6876       return ExprError();
6877   }
6878 
6879   if (DiscardedValue) {
6880     FullExpr = CheckPlaceholderExpr(FullExpr.get());
6881     if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
6882       return ExprError();
6883 
6884     FullExpr = IgnoredValueConversions(FullExpr.get());
6885     if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
6886       return ExprError();
6887   }
6888 
6889   FullExpr = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(FullExpr.get());
6890   if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
6891     return ExprError();
6892 
6893   CheckCompletedExpr(FullExpr.get(), CC, IsConstexpr);
6894 
6895   // At the end of this full expression (which could be a deeply nested
6896   // lambda), if there is a potential capture within the nested lambda,
6897   // have the outer capture-able lambda try and capture it.
6898   // Consider the following code:
6899   // void f(int, int);
6900   // void f(const int&, double);
6901   // void foo() {
6902   //  const int x = 10, y = 20;
6903   //  auto L = [=](auto a) {
6904   //      auto M = [=](auto b) {
6905   //         f(x, b); <-- requires x to be captured by L and M
6906   //         f(y, a); <-- requires y to be captured by L, but not all Ms
6907   //      };
6908   //   };
6909   // }
6910 
6911   // FIXME: Also consider what happens for something like this that involves
6912   // the gnu-extension statement-expressions or even lambda-init-captures:
6913   //   void f() {
6914   //     const int n = 0;
6915   //     auto L =  [&](auto a) {
6916   //       +n + ({ 0; a; });
6917   //     };
6918   //   }
6919   //
6920   // Here, we see +n, and then the full-expression 0; ends, so we don't
6921   // capture n (and instead remove it from our list of potential captures),
6922   // and then the full-expression +n + ({ 0; }); ends, but it's too late
6923   // for us to see that we need to capture n after all.
6924 
6925   LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI = getCurLambda();
6926   // FIXME: PR 17877 showed that getCurLambda() can return a valid pointer
6927   // even if CurContext is not a lambda call operator. Refer to that Bug Report
6928   // for an example of the code that might cause this asynchrony.
6929   // By ensuring we are in the context of a lambda's call operator
6930   // we can fix the bug (we only need to check whether we need to capture
6931   // if we are within a lambda's body); but per the comments in that
6932   // PR, a proper fix would entail :
6933   //   "Alternative suggestion:
6934   //   - Add to Sema an integer holding the smallest (outermost) scope
6935   //     index that we are *lexically* within, and save/restore/set to
6936   //     FunctionScopes.size() in InstantiatingTemplate's
6937   //     constructor/destructor.
6938   //  - Teach the handful of places that iterate over FunctionScopes to
6939   //    stop at the outermost enclosing lexical scope."
6940   const bool IsInLambdaDeclContext = isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext);
6941   if (IsInLambdaDeclContext && CurrentLSI &&
6942       CurrentLSI->hasPotentialCaptures() && !FullExpr.isInvalid())
6943     CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(FE, CurrentLSI,
6944                                                               *this);
6945   return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(FullExpr);
6946 }
6947 
6948 StmtResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *FullStmt) {
6949   if (!FullStmt) return StmtError();
6950 
6951   return MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(FullStmt);
6952 }
6953 
6954 Sema::IfExistsResult
6955 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S,
6956                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6957                                    const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo) {
6958   DeclarationName TargetName = TargetNameInfo.getName();
6959   if (!TargetName)
6960     return IER_DoesNotExist;
6961 
6962   // If the name itself is dependent, then the result is dependent.
6963   if (TargetName.isDependentName())
6964     return IER_Dependent;
6965 
6966   // Do the redeclaration lookup in the current scope.
6967   LookupResult R(*this, TargetNameInfo, Sema::LookupAnyName,
6968                  Sema::NotForRedeclaration);
6969   LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
6970   R.suppressDiagnostics();
6971 
6972   switch (R.getResultKind()) {
6973   case LookupResult::Found:
6974   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
6975   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
6976   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
6977     return IER_Exists;
6978 
6979   case LookupResult::NotFound:
6980     return IER_DoesNotExist;
6981 
6982   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
6983     return IER_Dependent;
6984   }
6985 
6986   llvm_unreachable("Invalid LookupResult Kind!");
6987 }
6988 
6989 Sema::IfExistsResult
6990 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
6991                                    bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6992                                    UnqualifiedId &Name) {
6993   DeclarationNameInfo TargetNameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name);
6994 
6995   // Check for unexpanded parameter packs.
6996   SmallVector<UnexpandedParameterPack, 4> Unexpanded;
6997   collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(SS, Unexpanded);
6998   collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TargetNameInfo, Unexpanded);
6999   if (!Unexpanded.empty()) {
7000     DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(KeywordLoc,
7001                                      IsIfExists? UPPC_IfExists
7002                                                : UPPC_IfNotExists,
7003                                      Unexpanded);
7004     return IER_Error;
7005   }
7006 
7007   return CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(S, SS, TargetNameInfo);
7008 }
7009